Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
For the fiscal year ended
  December 31, 2005
 
   
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ________________ to __________________
     
Commission File Number
        0-13814
 
   
CORTLAND BANCORP
 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
     
Ohio   34-14511184
     
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio   44410
     
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
  (330) 637-8040
 
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act:            None
Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act:
     
Common Stock, no par value
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.       o Yes       þ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.       o Yes       þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.       þ Yes       o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of the chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K       þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer    o       Accelerated filer    þ       Non-accelerated filer    o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).       o Yes       þ No
Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $79,545,597. For purposes of this response directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the issuer at that date.
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 10, 2005:  4,371,573 shares
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Annual Shareholders Report for the year ended December 31, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the annual shareholders meeting to be held April 11, 2006 are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 

 


 

FORM 10-K
2005
INDEX
             
        Page  
Part I  
 
       
Item l.          
        I-2  
        I-4  
Item 1A.       I-7  
Item 1B.       I-9  
Item 2.       I-9  
Item 3.       I-9  
Item 4.       I-10  
Item 4A.       I-10  
Part II  
 
       
Item 5.       II-1
Item 6.       II-1
Item 7.       II-1
Item 7A.       II-1
Item 8.       II-1
Item 9.       II-1
Item 9A.       II-1
Item 9B.       II-1
Part III  
 
       
Item l0.       III-1
Item ll.       III-1
Item l2.       III-1
Item l3.       III-1
Item l4.       III-1
Part IV  
 
       
Item l5.       IV-1
Signatures     IV-2
Index to Exhibits     IV-3
  EX-3.1 Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp
  EX-3.2 Code of Regulations
  EX-10.1 Group Term Carve Out Plan
  EX-10.2 Group Term Carve Out Plan
  EX-10.3 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.4 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.5 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.6 Amended Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.7 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.8 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.9 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.10 Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.11 Director Retirement Agreement
  EX-10.12 Split Dollar Agreement
  EX-10.13 Split Dollar Agreement
  EX-10.14 Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement
  EX-10.15 Indemnification Agreement
  EX-10.16 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.17 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.18 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.19 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.20 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.21 Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.22 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.23 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement
  EX-10.24 Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement & Endorsement
  EX-10.25 Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement & Endorsement
  EX-10.26 Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement & Endorsement
  EX-10.27 Amended Split Dollar Agreement
  EX-10.28 Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement
  EX-10.29 Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement & Endorsement
  EX-10.30 Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement & Endorsement
  EX-10.31 Severance Agreement Due to Change in Control
  EX-10.32 Severance Agreement Due to Changes in Control
  EX-13 Annual Report to Security Holders
  EX-21 Subsidiaries
  EX-23 Consents of Experts
  EX-31.1 Certification of the CEO
  EX-31.2 Certification of the CFO
  EX-32 Certification of the CEO and the CFO
I-l

 


Table of Contents

PART I
Item l. Business
General
THE CORPORATION
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — THE CORPORATION — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
CORTLAND BANKS
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — CORTLAND BANKS — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
     The Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and, in management’s opinion, well managed. Cortland Bancorp owns no property. Operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.
     The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to periodic examination and regulation by both the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to the statutory limit of $100,000 per customer.
I-2

 


Table of Contents

Item l. Business
General (Continued)
     On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which contains important new requirements for public companies in the area of financial disclosure and corporate governance. In accordance with section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, written certifications by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required. These certifications attest that the Company’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact. The Company has also implemented a program designed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which includes the identification of significant processes and accounts, documentation of the design of control effectiveness over process and entity level controls, and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls.
COMPETITION
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — COMPETITION — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
EMPLOYEES
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — EMPLOYEES — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
     The Company files an annual report on Form 10K, quarterly reports on Form 10Q, current reports on Form 8K and amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s Internet address is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through this address, free of charge, the reports filed, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
I-3

 


Table of Contents

Item l.    Business
Statistical Disclosure
I.   DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
     Information relating to I — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
    Pages in 2005
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
A. Average Balance Sheet -
       
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    32 & 33  
 
       
B. Analysis of Net Interest Earnings -
       
Years ending December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    32 & 33  
 
       
C. Rate and Volume Analysis -
       
2005 change from 2004 and 2004 change from 2003
    39  
II.   INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
     Information relating to II — Investment Portfolio is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
     
    Pages in 2005
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
A. Book value of investments -
   
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
  47 — 48
 
   
B. Summary of securities held -
   
December 31, 2005
  48 & 49
 
   
C. N/A
   
I-4

 


Table of Contents

III.   LOAN PORTFOLIO (ALL DOMESTIC)
A.   TYPES OF LOANS
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — A. Types of Loans is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 45, Loan Portfolio and is incorporated herein by reference.
B.   MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — B. Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Interest Rates is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 45, Loan Portfolio and is incorporated herein by reference.
C.   RISK ELEMENTS
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — C. Risk Elements, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
             
        Pages in 2005
        Annual Report
        to Shareholders
1. Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans        
 
           
(1)
  Aggregate amount in each category (5 years)     37  
 
           
(2)
  Interest income        
 
  (i) That would have been recorded     19 & 37  
 
  (ii) That was included in income     19 & 37  
 
           
(3)
  Policy for placing loans on non-accrual status     11-13 & 19  
 
           
2. Potential Problem Loans     20 & 37  
 
           
3. Foreign Outstandings     N/A  
 
           
4. Loan concentrations over 10% not otherwise disclosed     N/A  
D. Other Interest Bearing Assets — N/A
I-5

 


Table of Contents

IV. SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
      A. Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Loss
     Information relating to IV — Summary of Loan Loss Experience — A. Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Loss is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Pages 42-44, Loan Loss Experience and is incorporated herein by reference.
      B. Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses
     Information relating to IV — Summary of Loan Loss Experience — B. Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference.
         
    Pages in 2005
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses
    43 & 44  
 
       
Percentage of loans in each category
    42 - 45  
 
       
Loan Commitments and Lines of Credit
    22-24 & 55-56  
V.   DEPOSITS (ALL DOMESTIC)
      A. Average Deposits and Average Rates Paid on Deposit Categories
     Information relating to V — Deposits — A. Average Deposits and Rates is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Pages 32 & 33, Three Year Summary Average Balance Sheet, Yields and Rates and is incorporated herein by reference.
      B.  Not applicable
      C.  Not applicable
      D. Summary of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
     Information relating to V — Deposits — D. Summary of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More by Maturity Range, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 21, Note 6, Deposits and is incorporated herein by reference.
     E.  Not applicable
VI.   RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
     Information relating to VI — Return on Equity and Assets is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 31, Selected Financial Data and is incorporated herein by reference.
VII.   SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
     Not required
I-6

 


Table of Contents

Item 1A.   Risk Factors
     The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision with respect to the Company’s stock, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties as described below together with all of the information included herein. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known and that are deemed immaterial also may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s result of operations and financial condition. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s common stock could decline.
      Fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s earnings and financial condition.
     As is the case for most financial institutions, the Company’s earnings are substantially dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between (a) the rates earned on loans, securities and other earning assets and (b) the interest rates paid on borrowings and deposits. These interest rates are highly sensitive to various factors beyond the Banks control, including but not limited to:
    the general economic conditions;
 
    governmental monetary policy;
 
    regulatory policies;
 
    rate of inflation;
 
    rate of unemployment.
     For instance, an economic downturn, increase in unemployment, or higher interest rates could decrease the demand for loans and other products and services and/or result in a deterioration in credit quality and/or loan performance.
      The Company’s business may be adversely affected by changes in government policies.
     The Company operates as a State Chartered Financial Institution and is subject to the Banking regulations of the Ohio Department of Commerce and the Division of Financial Institutions. The Company is also a member of the Federal Reserve Banks 6 th District. As such, the Company’s success depends not only on competitive factors but also on regulations that are issued by these organizations. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review and change banking laws, regulations and policies. Changes to statues, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementations of statues, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways to the Company’s cost structure. Also, the Company’s failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by the regulatory agencies and damage its reputation.
      The Company’s earnings and reputation may be adversely affected by credit risk.
     A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. Originating and underwriting loans properly are integral to the Company’s success. Credit risk is the risk of not being able to collect the contractual obligation, including all principal and interest income when the borrower is unable to repay the obligation as agreed. Credit risk could be affected by a variety of negative conditions, including, (1) general, regional or local economic conditions, (2) rapid increase in interest rates, and/or (3) a downturn in an industry sector.
I-7

 


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)
     The Company’s general and specific credit risk are significant components of the Company’s reserve for loan losses which is also based upon, among other things:
    historical experience;
 
    economic conditions;
 
    regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality;
 
    industry concentrations;
 
    and results of regulatory examinations.
Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the respective loan portfolios. Although the Company believes that the reserve for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that such reserve will prove sufficient to cover future losses. These determinations are based upon estimates that are inherently subjective. As such, future adjustments will be necessary if economic conditions change or adverse developments arise with respect to nonperforming or performing loans or if regulatory supervision changes. Material losses would result in a material decrease in the Company’s net income, and possibly its capital, and could result in the inability to pay dividends, among other adverse conditions.
      The Company’s industry is very competitive and intense.
     The Bank competes with a variety of competition including: other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and credit unions. Many of these competitors have greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. The Company’s profitability depends upon the continued ability to compete effectively in our markets with the Company’s core products.
      The Company’s business could be adversely affected by a downturn in the local geographic markets where we operate and depend .
     The Bank derives the majority of its loan and deposits from the Northeast Ohio regions. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the generation of the Bank’s loan and deposit portfolios; the ability of borrowers to repay these loans; and the value of collateral securing these loans. Adverse changes in the economic conditions of the Northeast Ohio regions in general could result in a negative impact on the financial results of the Company’s operations and have a negative effect on our profitability.
      A significant challenge for the future of the Company is recruiting and retaining top talent.
     In the Company’s competitive market, success will be determined in large part by who can hire and retain the best talent. Finding and retaining high performance employees is a particular challenge for banks in the Company’s core market of Northeast Ohio.
      International conflicts and terrorism could adversely impact the Company’s earnings and operations.
     The potential for terrorist activity is unpredictable and could negatively impact general and economic conditions in the United States and the Banks local economy which we serve and depend. The impact of such terrorism could have a significant adverse impact to the Company’s earnings and operations in ways that cannot be anticipated and/or estimated.
I-8

 


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)
      The Company’s stock price is volatile.
     The Company’s stock price has been volatile in the past, and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include:
    Actual or anticipated variations in earnings;
 
    Changes in analysts recommendations or projections;
 
    Operating and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers;
 
    News reports of trends, concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry;
 
    Low volume of stock trades.
     The Bank's stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to the Bank's performance. General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price of the Bank's stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.
     Further information relating to Item 1A. Risk Factors is set forth in the Corporations Annual Report to Shareholders Management’s Discussion Analysis. Including but not limited to Page 34, Note regarding Forward-Looking Statements; pages 42-43, Loan Loss Experience; pages 58-59, Market Risk; pages 59-60, Critical Accounting Policies and page 60, Impact of Inflation, and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments — N/A
Item 2.   Properties
CORTLAND BANCORP’S PROPERTY
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 4, Brief Description of the Business — CORTLAND BANCORP — and is incorporated herein by reference.
CORTLAND BANKS’ PROPERTY
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 4, Brief Description of the Business, THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY — and is incorporated herein by reference.
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — Location of Offices is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 64, Cortland Banks Offices and Locations and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
     Information relating to Item 3 — Legal Proceedings — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 30, Note 16, Litigation, and is incorporated herein by reference.
I-9

 


Table of Contents

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
     No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.
Item 4A.   Identification of Executive Officers of the Registrant
     The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 10, 2006 are as follows:
             
Name   Age   Position Held
Rodger W. Platt
    70     Interim President, Chief Executive Officer and Director Emeritus
 
           
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
    58     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
           
James M. Gasior
    46     Senior Vice President, Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and Director
 
           
Craig M. Phythyon
    44     Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Investment Officer
     All of the officers listed above will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers
     During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows:
     Rodger W. Platt, Director Emeritus of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the “Bank”), the Bank’s Registrant’s bank subsidiary, was designated to serve as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer effective February 28, 2006. Prior to retiring on November 1, 2005, Mr. Platt had been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant and the bank subsidiary. Mr. Platt had been employed by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company for 42 years, over 29 as President and Chief Executive Officer.
     Mr. Fantauzzi succeeded Mr. Platt as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company beginning October 3, 2005. Mr. Fantauzzi also succeeded Mr. Platt as President of Cortland Bancorp beginning November 1, 2005. Effective February 28, 2006, Mr. Fantauzzi took a temporary leave of absence due to health reasons. Previously, Mr. Fantauzzi has served as Senior Vice President of the Bank since 1996. He served as Controller and Chief Financial Officer, as well as Secretary-Treasurer of both Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the “Bank”). Mr. Fantauzzi has also been Vice President and Director of New Resources Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, since 1995. Mr. Fantauzzi is 58 years old and has been a member of the Board of Directors since February 9, 1999.
     Mr. Gasior is Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Board of Cortland Bancorp. He is also Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Bank. Mr. Gasior is a Certified Public Accountant, a member of the American Institute of CPA’s and the Ohio Society of CPA’s, is 46 years of age and has been a member of the Board of Directors since November of 2005. Previously, Mr. Gasior has been Senior Vice President of Lending and Administration of Cortland Bancorp and its subsidiary bank since April 1999.
     Mr. Phythyon is Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of the Board of Cortland Bancorp. He is also Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of the Bank. Previously, Mr. Phythyon served as Vice President — Assistant Controller of the Bank beginning in 2002 and Assistant Vice President — Assistant Controller beginning in 1997. Mr. Phythyon is 44 years old.
I-10

 


Table of Contents

PART II
      Information relating to Items 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8 is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
        Pages in 2005
Annual Report
to Shareholders
         
Item 5.
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities
         
 
  a) Market Information   30 & 61
 
  b) Holders   61
 
  c) Dividends   30, 35 & 61
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in The Fourth Quarter of 2005
  NONE
         
Item 6.
  Selected Financial Data   31
         
Item 7.   
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   34-60
         
Item 7A.
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   53-54,
58-59
         
Item 8.
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   1-33
         
Item 9.
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None
         
Item 9A.
  Controls and Procedures
      Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . With the supervision and participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures are, to the best of their knowledge, effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to them, particularly during the period for which our periodic reports, including this report, are being prepared.
      Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is included on page 5 of the Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
      Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm . The Attestation Report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is included on page 6 of the Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
      Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that there have been no significant changes during the period covered by this report in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
     Not applicable

II-1


Table of Contents

PART III
Item l0. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
     Information relating to directors of the Corporation will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 11, 2006. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
         
    Pages in Definitive
    Proxy Statement
Directors, Promoters and Control Persons
  4 — 6
Audit Committee Financial Expert
  7
Identification of Audit Committee
  7
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act
  4
Code of Ethics
  9
     Information relating to executive officers of the Corporation is set forth in Part I. Item 4A.
Item ll. Executive Compensation
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 11, 2006. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Pages 7-17 & 19.
Item l2.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters
  Security ownership of certain beneficial owners — N/A
  Security ownership of management — Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 11, 2006. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Page 3.
  Changes in Control — N/A
  Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans — N/A
Item l3.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 11, 2006. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Pages 4, 6, 9 & 17.
Item l4.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 11, 2006. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Page 18.

III-1


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item l5.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
     
(a)  l.   Financial Statements
 
   
  Included in Part II of this report:
     
 
  Item 8., Financial Statements and Accompanying Information, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated by reference in Part II of this report.
         
    Pages in 2005
    Annual Report
    To Shareholders
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    6  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    7  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004
    8  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    9  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    10  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    11 — 30  
     
(a) 2.   Financial Statement Schedules
 
   
 
  Included in Part IV of this report as Exhibit 23:
 
   
 
          Independent Accountants’ Consent
 
   
 
          Schedules:
 
               All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable.
 
   
(a) 3.   Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
 
   
 
  The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits which appears at page IV-3 hereof and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
   
 
  Exhibit 11 — Statement regarding computation of earnings per share - is set forth in the Corporation’s 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders page 14, Note 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Per Share Amounts — and is incorporated herein by reference.

IV-1


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
             
    CORTLAND BANCORP
 
           
March 14, 2006
      By   /s/Rodger W. Platt
 
           
          Date
          Interim President and Chief
 
          Executive Officer
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
/s/Rodger W. Platt
  Interim President and Director Emeritus (Principal Executive Officer)   March 14, 2006
 
       
Rodger W. Platt
      Date
 
       
/s/Jerry A. Carleton
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
Jerry A. Carleton
      Date
 
       
/s/David C. Cole
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
David C. Cole
      Date
 
       
/s/George E. Gessner
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
George E. Gessner
      Date
 
       
/s/James E. Hoffman, III
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
James E. Hoffman, III
      Date
 
       
/s/Neil J. Kaback
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
Neil J. Kaback
      Date
 
       
/s/K. Ray Mahan
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
K. Ray Mahan
      Date
 
       
/s/Richard B. Thompson
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
Richard B. Thompson
      Date
 
       
/s/Timothy K. Woofter
  Director   March 14, 2006
 
       
Timothy K. Woofter
      Date
 
       
/s/James M. Gasior
  Senior Vice President, Secretary and Director (Chief Financial Officer)   March 14, 2006
 
       
James M. Gasior
      Date

IV-2


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:
Item 15(b). Exhibits
     
Exhibit 3.1
  Restated Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp reflecting amendment dated May 18, 1999. Note: filed for purposes of SEC reporting compliance only. This restated document has not been filed with the State of Ohio. (Exhibit A)
 
   
Exhibit 3.2
  Code of Regulations, as amended (filed herewith) (Exhibit B)
 
   
Exhibit 4
  The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as referenced in 3.1 and 3.2.
 
   
* Exhibit 10.1
  Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23,2001 and form of endorsement entered into in 2001 by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company with each executive officer other than Rodger W. Platt and with selected other officers, as amended by the August 2002 letter amendment
 
   
* Exhibit 10.2
  Group Term Carve Out Plan Amended Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company on December 15, 2003 with Stephen A. Telego, Sr.
 
   
* Exhibit 10.3
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Jerry A. Carleton, dated as of July 26, 2005
 
   
* Exhibit 10.4
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David C. Cole, dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended by letter amendment dated February 12, 2004
 
   
* Exhibit 10.5
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and George E. Gessner, dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended by letter amendment dated February 12, 2004
 
   
* Exhibit 10.6
  Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and William A. Hagood, dated as of October 12, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.7
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James E. Hoffman III, dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended by letter amendment dated February 12, 2004
 
   
* Exhibit 10.8
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Neil J. Kaback, dated as of March 1, 2004
 
   
* Exhibit 10.9
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and K. Ray Mahan, dated as of March 1, 2001
 
   
* Exhibit 10.10
  Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Richard B. Thompson, dated as of May 1, 2004
 
   
* Exhibit 10.11
  Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Timothy K. Woofter, dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended by letter amendment dated February 12, 2004

IV-3


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS (Continued)
     
* Exhibit 10.12
  Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp and each of Directors David C. Cole, George E. Gessner, William A. Hagood, James E. Hoffman III, K. Ray Mahan, and Timothy K. Woofter as of February 23, 2001, as of March 1, 2004 with Director Neil J. Kaback, and as of October 1, 2001 with Director Richard B. Thompson; and Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement entered into by Cortland Bancorp as of July 26, 2005 with Director Jerry A. Carleton
 
   
* Exhibit 10.13
  Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt dated of as February 23, 2001, as amended on August 15, 2002 and September 29, 2005
 
   
* Exhibit 10.14
  Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt dated as of September 29, 2005
 
   
* Exhibit 10.15
  Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp with each of its directors as of May 24, 2005
 
   
* Exhibit 10.16
  Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt, dated as of August 15, 2002
 
   
* Exhibit 10.17
  Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of December 17, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.18
  Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, dated as of December 16, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.19
  Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.20
  Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene Lenio, dated as of September 9, 2002
 
   
* Exhibit 10.21
  Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig Phythyon, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.22
  Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.23
  Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Danny L. White, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.24
  Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of December 17, 2003

IV-4


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS (Continued)
     
* Exhibit 10.25
  Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, dated as of December 16, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.26
  Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.27
  Amended Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene Lenio, dated as of September 9, 2002
 
   
* Exhibit 10.28
  Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig Phythyon, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.29
  Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.30
  Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Danny L. White, dated as of December 15, 2003
 
   
* Exhibit 10.31
  Severance Agreement Due to Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp entered by Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company in January 2001 with each of Timothy Carney, Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, James M. Gasior, and Stephen A. Telego, Sr.
 
   
* Exhibit 10.32
  Severance Agreement Due to Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp entered by Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company in January 2001 with each of Marlene Lenio, Barbara Sandrock, and Danny L. White
 
   
Exhibit 13
  Annual Report to security holders (filed herewith)
 
   
Exhibit 21
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)
 
   
Exhibit 23
  Consents of experts and counsel — Consent of independent registered public Accounting firm. (filed herewith)
 
   
Exhibit 31.1
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
 
   
Exhibit 31.2
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
 
   
Exhibit 32
  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
  *   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement (filed herewith)
     Copies of any exhibits will be furnished to shareholders upon written request. Requests should be directed to James Gasior, Secretary, Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410.

IV-5

Exhibit 3.1

EXHIBIT A

AMENDED ARTICLES

OF

CORTLAND BANCORP.

FIRST: The name of the corporation shall be Cortland Bancorp.

SECOND: The place in Ohio where the principal office of the corporation is to be located is in the City of Cortland, County of Trumbull.

THIRD: The purpose for which the corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under Sections 1701.01 to 1701.98 of the Ohio Revised Code.

FOURTH: The authorized number of shares of the corporation shall be twenty million (20,000,000), all of which shall be shares of common stock, each without par value.

FIFTH: The directors of the corporation shall have the power to cause the corporation from time to time and at any time to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with (A) shares of any class or series issued by it, (B) any security or other obligation of the corporation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to convert the same into shares of any class or series authorized by the articles of the corporation, and (C) any security or other obligation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to purchase shares of any class or series authorized by the articles of the corporation. The corporation shall have the right to repurchase, if and when any shareholder desires to sell, or on the happening of any event is required to sell, shares of any class or series issued by the corporation.

1

The authority granted in this Article Fifth of these articles shall not limit the plenary authority of the directors to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with shares of any class or series, securities, or other obligations issued by the corporation or authorized by its articles.

SIXTH: No shareholder of the corporation shall have, as a matter of right, the pre-emptive right to purchase or subscribe for shares of any class, now or hereafter authorized, or to purchase or subscribe for securities or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or which by warrants or otherwise entitle the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase any such shares.

SEVENTH: The right of every shareholder to vote cumulatively in the election of directors is eliminated, so that no shareholder of the corporation may cumulate his voting power.

EIGHTH: Chapter 1704 and Section 1701.831 of the Ohio Revised Code do not apply to the corporation.

NINTH: Notwithstanding any provision of the Ohio Revised Code now or hereafter in force requiring for any purpose the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of shares of the corporation entitling them to exercise two-thirds (2/3) or any other proportion of the voting power of the corporation or of any class or classes thereof, such action, unless expressly otherwise provided by statute, may be taken by the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of the shares entitling them to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the corporation or of such class or classes; provided, however, that unless two-thirds (2/3) of the whole authorized number of directors of the corporation shall recommend the approval of any of the following matters, the affirmative vote of the

2

holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to adopt:

(1) a proposed amendment to the articles of the corporation;

(2) proposed new regulations, or an alteration, amendment or repeal of the regulations of the corporation;

(3) an agreement of merger or consolidation providing for the merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into one or more other corporations;

(4) a proposed combination or majority share acquisition involving the issuance of shares of the corporation and requiring shareholder approval;

(5) a proposal to sell, lease, or exchange all or substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation;

(6) a proposed dissolution of the corporation; or

(7) a proposal to fix or change the number of directors by action of the shareholders of the corporation.

The written objection of a director to any such matter submitted to the president or secretary of the corporation not less than three days before the meeting of shareholders at which any such matter is to be considered shall be deemed to be an affirmative vote by such director against such matter.

TENTH: (A) In addition to any affirmative vote required by any provision of the Ohio Revised Code or by any other provision of these articles, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the greater of (i) four-fifths (4/5) of the outstanding common shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon or (ii) that fraction of such

3

outstanding common shares having as the numerator a number equal to the sum of
(a) the number of outstanding common shares Beneficially Owned by Controlling Persons (as hereinafter defined) plus (b) two-thirds (2/3) of the remaining number of outstanding common shares, and as the denominator a number equal to the total number of outstanding common shares entitled to vote, shall be required for the adoption or authorization of a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) unless:

(1) The Business Combination will result in an involuntary sale, redemption, cancellation or other termination of ownership of all common shares of the corporation owned by shareholders who do not vote in favor of, or consent in writing to, the Business Combination and the cash or fair value of other readily marketable consideration to be received by such shareholders for such common shares shall at least be equal to the Minimum Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined); and

(2) A proxy statement responsive to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be mailed to the shareholders of the corporation for the purpose of soliciting shareholder approval of the proposed Business Combination.

(B) For purposes of this Article TENTH, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) "Affiliate" shall mean a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person.

(2) "Associate" shall mean (a) any corporation or organization of which a Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities, (b) any trust or other estate in which a Person has a ten percent (10%) or greater individual interest of any nature or as to which a Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,
(c) any spouse of a Person, and (d) any relative of a Person, or any relative of a spouse of a Person, who has the same residence as such Person or spouse.

(3) "Beneficial Ownership" shall include without limitation (a) all shares directly or indirectly owned by a Person, by an Affiliate of such Person or by an Associate of such Person or such Affiliate, (b) all shares which such Person, Affiliate or Associate has the right to acquire through the exercise of any option, warrant or right (whether or not currently exercisable), through the conversion of a security, pursuant to the power

4

to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or pursuant to the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement; and (c) all shares as to which such Person, Affiliate or Associate directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (including without limitation a written or unwritten agreement to act in concert) has or shares voting power (which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such shares) or investment power (which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of such shares) or both.

(4) "Business Combination" shall mean (a) any merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into a Controlling Person or an Affiliate of a Controlling Person or an Associate of such Controlling Person or Affiliate, (b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including without limitation a mortgage or any other security device, of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of the corporation, including without limitation any voting securities of a Subsidiary, or of the assets of a Subsidiary, to a Controlling Person or Affiliate of a Controlling Person or Associate of such Controlling Person or Affiliate, (c) any merger into the corporation or into a Subsidiary of a Controlling Person or an Affiliate of a Controlling Person or an Associate of such Controlling Person or Affiliate, (d) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition to the corporation or a Subsidiary of all or any part of the assets of a Controlling Person or Affiliate of a Controlling Person or Associate of such Controlling Person or Affiliate but not including any disposition of assets which, if included with all other dispositions consummated during the same fiscal year of the corporation by the same Controlling Person or Affiliates thereof and Associates of such Controlling Person or Affiliates, would not result in dispositions during such year by all such Persons of assets having an aggregate fair value (determined at the time of disposition of the respective assets) in excess of one percent (1%) of the total consolidated assets of the corporation (as shown on its certified balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year preceding the proposed disposition); provided, however, that in no event shall any disposition of assets be excepted from shareholder approval by reason of the preceding exclusion if such disposition when included with all other dispositions consummated during the same and immediately preceding four (4) fiscal years of the corporation by the same Controlling Person, Affiliates thereof and Associates of such Controlling Person or Affiliates, would result in disposition by all such Persons of assets having an aggregate fair value (determined at the time of disposition of the respective assets) in excess of two percent (2%) of the total consolidated assets of the corporation (as shown on its certified balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year preceding the proposed disposition), (e) any reclassification of the common shares of the corporation, or any recapitalization involving common shares of the corporation, consummated within five (5) years after a Controlling Person becomes a

5

Controlling Person, and (f) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in the definitions of Business Combination.

(5) "Control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(6) "Controlling Person" shall mean any Person who Beneficially Owns shares of the corporation entitling that Person to exercise twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

(7) "Minimum Price Per Share" shall mean the sum of (a) the higher of either (i) the highest gross per share price paid or agreed to be paid to acquire any common shares of the corporation Beneficially Owned by a Controlling Person, provided such payment or agreement to make payment was made within five (5) years immediately prior to the record date set to determine the shareholders entitled to vote or consent to the Business Combination in question, or (ii) the highest per share closing public market price for such common shares during such five
(5) year period, plus (b) the aggregate amount, if any, by which five percent (5%) for each year, beginning on the date on which such Controlling Person became a Controlling Person, of such higher per share price exceeds the aggregate amount of all common share dividends per share paid in cash since the date on which such Person became a Controlling Person. The calculation of the Minimum Price Per Share shall require appropriate adjustments for capital changes, including without limitation stock splits, stock dividends and reverse stock splits.

(8) "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, any unincorporated organization, a government or political subdivision thereof, and any other entity.

(9) "Securities Exchange Act of 1934" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time as well as any successor or replacement statute.

(10) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation more than twenty-five percent (25%) of whose outstanding securities entitled to vote for the election of directors are Beneficially Owned by the corporation and/or one or more Subsidiaries.

(11) "Substantial Part" shall mean more than ten percent (10%) of the total assets of the corporation in question, as shown on its certified balance

6

sheet as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made.

(C) During any period in which there are one or more Controlling Persons, this Article TENTH shall not be altered, changed or repealed unless the amendment effecting such alteration, change or repeal shall have received, in addition to any affirmative vote required by any provision of the Ohio Revised Code or by any other provision of these articles, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the greater of (i) four-fifths (4/5) of the outstanding common shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon or (ii) that fraction of such outstanding common shares having as the numerator a number equal to the sum of (a) the number of outstanding common shares Beneficially Owned by Controlling Persons plus (b) two-thirds (2/3) of the remaining number of outstanding common shares, and as the denominator a number equal to the total number of outstanding common shares entitled to vote.

ELEVENTH: Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares then entitling them to exercise not less than 80% of the voting power of the corporation at an election of directors, and shareholders may effect such removal only for cause; provided, however, that if any class or series of shares shall entitle the holders thereof to elect one or more directors, any director or all the directors elected by such holders may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of such class or series then entitling them to exercise not less than 80% of the voting power of such class or series at any election of such directors, and such removal may be effected only for cause. Any such removal shall be deemed to create a vacancy in the Board of Directors.

TWELFTH: These amended articles supersede the articles of the corporation existing at the effective date of these amended articles, except for Article X which shall continue in effect until its repeal.

7

Exhibit 3.2

EXHIBIT B

CODE OF REGULATIONS
OF
CORTLAND BANCORP.

INDEX

SECTION   CAPTION                                                       PAGE NO.
-------   -------                                                       --------
          ARTICLE ONE
          MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
1.01      Annual Meetings                                                   1
1.02      Calling of Meeting                                                1
1.03      Place of Meeting                                                  1
1.04      Notice of Meetings                                                2
1.05      Waiver of Notice                                                  3
1.06      Quorum                                                            3
1.07      Votes Required                                                    4
1.08      Order of Business                                                 4
1.09      Shareholders Entitled to Vote                                     4
1.10      Cumulative Voting                                                 5
1.11      Proxies                                                           5
1.12      Inspectors of Election                                            5

          ARTICLE TWO
          DIRECTORS
2.01      Authority and Qualifications                                      6
2.02      Number of Directors and Term of Office                            6
2.03      Nomination and Election                                           8
2.04      Removal                                                          10
2.05      Vacancies                                                        10
2.06      Meetings                                                         10
2.07      Notice of Meetings                                               11
2.08      Waiver of Notice                                                 12
2.09      Quorum                                                           12
2.10      Executive Committee                                              12
2.11      Compensation                                                     13
2.12      By-Laws                                                          14

i

SECTION   CAPTION                                                       PAGE NO.
-------   -------                                                       --------
          ARTICLE THREE
          OFFICERS
3.01      Officers                                                         14
3.02      Tenure of Office                                                 14
3.03      Duties of the Chairman of the Board                              15
3.04      Duties of the President                                          15
3.05      Duties of the Vice Presidents                                    15
3.06      Duties of the Secretary                                          16
3.07      Duties of the Treasurer                                          16

          ARTICLE FOUR
          SHARES
4.01      Certificates                                                     17
4.02      Transfers                                                        17
4.03      Transfer Agents and Registrars                                   19
4.04      Lost, Wrongfully Taken or Destroyed Certificates                 19
4.05      Uncertificated Shares                                            19

          ARTICLE FIVE
          INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
5.01      Mandatory Indemnification                                        20
5.02      Court-Approved Indemnification                                   21
5.03      Indemnification for Expenses                                     22
5.04      Determination Required                                           23
5.05      Advances for Expenses                                            24
5.06      Article Five Not Exclusive                                       25
5.07      Insurance                                                        26
5.08      Certain Definitions                                              26
5.09      Venue                                                            28

          ARTICLE SIX
          MISCELLANEOUS
6.01      Amendments                                                       28
6.02      Action by Shareholders or Directors without a Meeting            28
6.03      Seal                                                             29
6.04      Regulations Supersede Prior By-Laws or Regulations               29

ii

CODE OF REGULATIONS
OF
CORTLAND BANCORP.

ARTICLE ONE

MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.01. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors, for the consideration of reports to be laid before such meeting and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting, shall be held on the second Tuesday of April of each year or on such other date as may be fixed from time to time by the directors.

Section 1.02. Calling of Meetings. Meetings of the shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the president, or, in case of the president's absence, death, or disability, the vice president authorized to exercise the authority of the president; the secretary; the directors by action at a meeting, or a majority of the directors acting without a meeting; or the holders of at least 50% of all shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 1.03. Place of Meetings. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation, unless otherwise provided by action of the directors. Meetings of shareholders may be held at any place within or without the State of Ohio.

1

Section 1.04. Notice of Meetings. (A) Written notice stating the time, place and purposes of a meeting of the shareholders shall be given either by personal delivery or by mail not less than seven (7) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, (1) to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the president or the secretary. If mailed, such notice shall be addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting. In the event of a transfer of shares after the record date for determining the shareholders who are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders, it shall not be necessary to give notice to the transferee. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the setting of a record date in the manner provided by law, the articles or the regulations for the determination of shareholders who are entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or for any purpose required or permitted by law.

(B) Following receipt by the president or the secretary of a request in writing, specifying the purpose or purposes for which the persons properly making such request have called a meeting of the shareholders, delivered either in person or by registered mail to such officer by any persons entitled to call a meeting of shareholders, such officer shall cause to be given to the shareholders entitled thereto notice of a meeting to be held on a date not less than seven (7) nor more than sixty

2

(60) days after the receipt of such request, as such officer may fix. If such notice is not given within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such request by the president or the secretary, then, and only then, the persons properly calling the meeting may fix the time of meeting and give notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of the regulations.

Section 1.05. Waiver of Notice. Notice of the time, place and purpose or purposes of any meeting of shareholders may be waived in writing, either before or after the holding of such meeting, by any shareholders, which writing shall be filed with or entered upon the records of such meeting. The attendance of any shareholder, in person or by proxy, at any such meeting without protesting the lack of proper notice, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, shall be deemed to be a waiver by such shareholder of notice of such meeting.

Section 1.06. Quorum. At any meeting of shareholders, the holders of a majority of the voting shares of the corporation then outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for such meeting. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, or the chairman of the board, the president, or the officer of the corporation acting as chairman of the meeting, may adjourn such meeting from time to time, and if a quorum is present at such adjourned meeting any business may be transacted as if the meeting had been held as originally called.

3

Section 1.07. Votes Required. At all elections of directors the candidates receiving the greatest number of votes shall be elected. Any other matter submitted to the shareholders for their vote shall be decided by the vote of such proportion of the shares, or of any class of shares, or of each class, as is required by law, the articles or the regulations.

Section 1.08. Order of Business. The order of business at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the officer of the corporation acting as chairman of such meeting unless otherwise determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting shares of the corporation then outstanding, present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.09. Shareholders Entitled to Vote. Each shareholder of record on the books of the corporation on the record date for determining the shareholders who are entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be entitled at such meeting to one vote for each share of the corporation standing in his name on the books of the corporation on such record date. The directors may fix a record date for the determination of the shareholders who are entitled to receive notice of and to vote at a meeting of shareholders, which record date shall not be a date earlier than the date on which the record date is fixed and which record date may be a maximum of sixty (60) days preceding the date of the meeting of shareholders.

4

Section 1.10. Cumulative Voting. The right of every shareholder to vote cumulatively in the election of directors is eliminated, so that no shareholder of the corporation may cumulate his voting power.

Section 1.11. Proxies. At meetings of the shareholders any shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat may be represented and may vote by a proxy or proxies appointed by an instrument in writing signed by such shareholder, but such instrument shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before the person holding such proxy shall be allowed to vote thereunder. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months after the date of its execution, unless the shareholder executing it shall have specified therein the length of time it is to continue in force.

Section 1.12. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the directors may appoint inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof; if inspectors are not so appointed, the officer of the corporation acting as chairman of any such meeting may make such appointment. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled only by appointment made by the directors in advance of such meeting or, if not so filled, at the meeting by the officer of the corporation acting as chairman of such meeting. No other person or persons may appoint or require the appointment of inspectors of election.

5

ARTICLE TWO

DIRECTORS

Section 2.01. Authority and Qualifications. Except where the law, the articles or the regulations otherwise provide, all authority of the corporation shall be vested in and exercised by its directors. No person who has attained the age of seventy (70) shall be eligible for election as a director. Each director shall be the holder of shares of stock of the corporation in an amount equal to or greater than an aggregate par value or stated value of five hundred dollars, an aggregate shareholders equity of five hundred dollars, or an aggregate fair market value of five hundred dollars. Determination of such value may be based on the value of the shares of stock on the date such shares were purchased or on the date such person became a director, whichever value is greater.

Section 2.02. Number of Directors and Term of Office.

(A) Until changed in accordance with the provisions of the regulations, the number of directors of the corporation shall be ten (10).

(B) If recommended by two-thirds (2/3) of the whole authorized number of directors, the number of directors may be fixed or changed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors at which a quorum is present, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting shares which are represented at the meeting,

6

in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote on such proposal, provided, however, that the shareholders may not increase the number of directors to more than eleven (11) or reduce the number of directors to less than nine (9).

(C) The directors may fix or change the number of directors and may fill any director's office that is created by an increase in the number of directors; provided, however, that the directors may not increase the number of directors to more than eleven (11) nor reduce the number of directors to less than nine (9).

(D) The board of directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as the then fixed number of directors permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. The election of each class of directors shall be a separate election. The directors elected at the annual meeting in 1990 shall hold office for a term expiring in 1993; the directors elected at the annual meeting in 1991 shall hold office for a term expiring in 1994; and the directors elected at the annual meeting in 1992 shall hold office for a term expiring in 1995. At each annual meeting of shareholders, successors to the class of directors whose term then expires shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his term expires and

7

until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation, removal from office or death. In the event of any increase in the number of directors of the corporation, the additional directors shall be similarly classified in such a manner that each class of directors shall be as equal in number as possible. In the event of any decrease in the number of directors of the corporation, such decrease shall be effected in such a manner that each class of directors shall be as equal in number as possible.

(E) No reduction in the number of directors shall of itself have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director.

Section 2.03. Nomination and Election.

(A) At each annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors, the successors to the directors whose terms shall expire in that year shall be elected, but if the annual meeting is not held or if one or more of such directors are not elected thereat, they may be elected at a special meeting called for that purpose.

(B) Any nominee for election as a director of the corporation may be proposed only by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the corporation

8

not less than fourteen days nor more than fifty days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one days' notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the corporation not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

(1) the name and address of each proposed nominee;

(2) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

(3) the total number of shares of stock of the corporation that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

(4) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder; and

(5) the number of shares of stock of the corporation beneficially owned by the notifying shareholder.

(C) If a shareholder shall attempt to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at any meeting at which directors are to be elected without having identified each such person in a written notice given as contemplated by, and/or without having provided therein the information specified in, division (B) of this section, each such attempted nomination shall be invalid and shall be disregarded unless the person acting as

9

chairman of the meeting determines that the facts warrant the acceptance of such nomination.

(D) The election of directors shall be by ballot.

Section 2.04. Removal. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed only in accordance with the articles of the corporation.

Section 2.05. Vacancies. The remaining directors, though less than a majority of the whole authorized number of directors, may, by the vote of a majority of their number, fill any vacancy in the board for the unexpired term. A vacancy in the board exists within the meaning of this Section 2.05, consistent with the provisions in the amended articles and regulations of the corporation, when the shareholders increase the authorized number of directors but fail at the meeting at which such increase is authorized, or an adjournment thereof, to elect the additional directors provided for, when the shareholders fail at any time to elect the whole authorized number of directors, or when the shareholders remove a director for cause.

Section 2.06. Meetings. A meeting of the directors shall be held immediately following the adjournment of each annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, and notice of such meeting need not be given. The directors shall hold such other meetings as may from time to time be called, and such other meetings of directors may be called only by the chairman of the board, the president, or any two directors. All meetings of directors shall be held at the principal office of the

10

corporation in Cortland, Ohio, or at such other place within or without the State of Ohio, as the directors may from time to time determine by a resolution. Meetings of the directors may be held through any communications equipment if all persons participating can hear each other and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence at such meeting.

Section 2.07. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time and place of each meeting of directors for which such notice is required by law, the articles, the regulations or the by-laws shall be given to each of the directors by at least one of the following methods:

(A) In a writing mailed not less than three days before such meeting and addressed to the residence or usual place of business of a director, as such address appears on the records of the corporation; or

(B) By telegraph, cable, radio, wireless, or a writing sent or delivered to the residence or usual place of business of a director as the same appears on the records of the corporation, not later than the day before the date on which such meeting is to be held; or

(C) Personally or by telephone not later than the day before the date on which such meeting is to be held.

Notice given to a director by any one of the methods specified in the regulations shall be sufficient, and the method of giving notice to all directors need

11

not be uniform. Notice of any meeting of directors may be given only by the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of adjournment of a meeting of directors need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.

Section 2.08. Waiver of Notice. Notice of any meeting of directors may be waived in writing, either before or after the holding of such meeting, by any director, which writing shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the meeting. The attendance of any director at any meeting of directors without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice, shall be deemed to be a waiver by him of notice of such meeting.

Section 2.09. Quorum. A majority of the whole authorized number of directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for a meeting of directors, except that a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for filling a vacancy in the board. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is the act of the board, except as otherwise provided by law, the articles or the regulations.

Section 2.10. Executive Committee. The directors may create an executive committee or any other committee of directors, to consist of not less than three
(3) directors, and may authorize the delegation to such executive committee or other

12

committees of any of the authority of the directors, however conferred, other than that of filling vacancies among the directors or in the executive committee or in any other committee of the directors.

Such executive committee or any other committee of directors shall serve at the pleasure of the directors, shall act only in the intervals between meetings of the directors, and shall be subject to the control and direction of the directors. Such executive committee or other committee of directors may act by a majority of its members at a meeting or by a writing or writings signed by all of its members.

Any act or authorization of any act by the executive committee or any other committee within the authority delegated to it shall be as effective for all purposes as the act or authorization of the directors. No notice of a meeting of the executive committee or of any other committee of directors shall be required. A meeting of the executive committee or of any other committee of directors may be called only by the president or by a member of such executive or other committee of directors. Meetings of the executive committee or of any other committee of directors may be held through any communications equipment if all persons participating can hear each other and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence thereat.

Section 2.11. Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to receive, as compensation for services rendered and expenses incurred as directors, such amounts as the directors may determine.

13

Section 2.12. By-Laws. The directors may adopt, and amend from time to time, by-laws for their own government, which by-laws shall not be inconsistent with the law, the articles or the regulations.

ARTICLE THREE

OFFICERS

Section 3.01. Officers. The officers of the corporation to be elected by the directors shall be a president, a secretary, a treasurer, and, if desired, one or more vice presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as the directors may from time to time elect. The directors may elect a chairman of the board, who must be a director. Officers need not be shareholders of the corporation, and may be paid such compensation as the board of directors may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge, or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the articles, the regulations or the By-Laws to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by two or more officers.

Section 3.02. Tenure of Office. The officers of the corporation shall hold office at the pleasure of the directors. Any officer of the corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all

14

the directors then in office. Such removal, however, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 3.03. Duties of the Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the directors. He shall have such other powers and duties as the directors shall from time to time assign to him.

Section 3.04. Duties of the President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall exercise supervision over the business of the corporation and shall have, among such additional powers and duties as the directors may from time to time assign to him, the power and authority to sign all certificates evidencing shares of the corporation and all deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, notes and other instruments requiring the signature of the president of the corporation. It shall be the duty of the president to preside at all meetings of shareholders.

Section 3.05. Duties of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice president, if any (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the president and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the directors may from time to time prescribe.

15

Section 3.06. Duties of the Secretary. It shall be the duty of the secretary, or of an assistant secretary, if any, in case of the absence or inability to act of the secretary, to keep minutes of all the proceedings of the shareholders and the directors and to make a proper record of the same; to perform such other duties as may be required by law, the articles or the regulations; to perform such other and further duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the directors or the president; and to deliver all books, paper and property of the corporation in his possession to his successor or to the president.

Section 3.07. Duties of the Treasurer. The treasurer, or an assistant treasurer, if any, in case of the absence or inability to act of the treasurer, shall receive and safely keep in charge all money, bills, notes, choses in action, securities and similar property belonging to the corporation, and shall do with or disburse the same as directed by the president or the directors; shall keep an accurate account of the finances and business of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, stated capital and shares, together with such other accounts as may be required and hold the same open for inspection and examination by the directors; shall give bond in such sum with such security as the directors may require for the faithful performance of his duties; shall, upon the expiration of his term of office, deliver all money and other property of the corporation in his possession or custody to his successor or the president; and shall

16

perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the directors.

ARTICLE FOUR

SHARES

Section 4.01. Certificates. Certificates evidencing ownership of shares of the corporation shall be issued to those entitled to them. Each certificate evidencing shares of the corporation shall bear a distinguishing number; the signatures of the chairman of the board, the president, or a vice president, and of the secretary, an assistant secretary, the treasurer or an assistant treasurer (except that when any such certificate is countersigned by an incorporated transfer agent or registrar, such signatures may be facsimile, engraved, stamped or printed); and such recitals as may be required by law. Certificates evidencing shares of the corporation shall be of such tenor and design as the directors may from time to time adopt and may bear such recitals as are permitted by law.

Section 4.02. Transfers. Where a certificate evidencing a share or shares of the corporation is presented to the corporation or its proper agents which a request to register transfer, the transfer shall be registered as requested if:

(1) An appropriate person signs on each certificate so presented or signs on a separate document an assignment or transfer of shares evidenced by

17

each such certificate, or signs a power to assign or transfer such shares, or when the signature of an appropriate person is written without more on the back of each such certificate; and

(2) Reasonable assurance is given that the indorsement of each appropriate person is genuine and effective. The corporation or its agents may refuse to register a transfer of shares unless the signature of each appropriate person is guaranteed by a bank (as that term is defined in section 3(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813 (a)]); a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, municipal securities broker, government securities dealer, government securities broker, national securities exchange, registered securities association or a clearing agency (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); a credit union (as that term is defined in section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 461(b)]); or a savings association (as that term is defined in section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; and such guarantee complies with the written standards of the transfer agent pertaining to the acceptance of guarantees; and

(3) All applicable laws relating to the collection of transfer or other taxes have been complied with; and

18

(4) The corporation or its agents are not otherwise required or permitted to refuse to register such transfer.

Section 4.03. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The directors may appoint one or more agents to transfer or to register shares of the corporation, or both.

Section 4.04. Lost, Wrongfully Taken or Destroyed Certificates. Except as otherwise provided by law, where the owner of a certificate evidencing shares of the corporation claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the directors must cause the corporation to issue a new certificate in place of the original certificate if the owner:

(1) So requests before the corporation has notice that such original certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; and

(2) Files with the corporation, unless waived by the directors, an indemnity bond, with surety or sureties satisfactory to the corporation, in such sums as the directors may, in their discretion, deem reasonably sufficient as indemnity against any loss or liability that the corporation may incur by reason of the issuance of each such new certificate; and

(3) Satisfies any other reasonable requirements which may be imposed by the directors, in their discretion.

Section 4.05. Uncertificated Shares. Anything contained in this Article Fourth to the contrary notwithstanding, the directors may provide by resolution that some or

19

all of any or all classes and series of shares of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares, provided that such resolution shall not apply to (A) shares of the corporation represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation in accordance with applicable provisions of Ohio law or (B) any certificated security of the corporation issued in exchange for an uncertificated security in accordance with applicable provisions of Ohio law. The rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE FIVE

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 5.01. Mandatory Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify any officer or director of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action threatened or instituted by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for

20

profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, filing fees, court reporters' fees and transcript costs), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A person claiming indemnification under this Section 5.01 shall be presumed, in respect of any act or omission giving rise to such claim for indemnification, to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal matter, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, and the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, rebut such presumption.

Section 5.02. Court-Approved Indemnification. Anything contained in the regulations or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding:

(A) the corporation shall not indemnify any officer or director of the corporation who was a party to any completed action or suit instituted by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or

21

agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in respect of any claim, issue or matter asserted in such action or suit as to which shall have been adjudged to be liable for acting with reckless disregard for the best interests of the corporation or misconduct (other than negligence) in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite such adjudication of liability, and, in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnity as such Court of Common Pleas or such other court shall deem proper; and

(B) the corporation shall promptly make any such unpaid indemnification as is determined by a court to be proper as contemplated by this Section 5.02.

Section 5.03. Indemnification for Expenses. Anything contained in the regulations or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that an officer or director of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in

22

defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 5.01, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be promptly indemnified by the corporation against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, filing fees, court reporters' fees and transcript costs) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 5.04. Determination Required. Any indemnification required under
Section 5.01 and not precluded under Section 5.02 shall be made by the corporation only upon a determination that such indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 5.01. Such determination may be made only (A) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the corporation who were not and are not parties to, or threatened with, any such action, suit or proceeding, or (B) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal counsel other than an attorney, or a firm having associated with it an attorney, who has been retained by or who has performed services for the corporation, or any person to be indemnified, within the past five years, or
(C) by the shareholders, or (D) by the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio or (if the corporation is a party thereto) the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought, if any. Any such determination may be made by a court under division (D) of this Section 5.04 at any time [including, without

23

limitation, any time before, during or after the time when any such determination may be requested of, be under consideration by or have been denied or disregarded by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) or by the shareholders under division (C) of this Section 5.04]. No failure for any reason to make any such determination, and no decision for any reason to deny any such determination, by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) or by shareholders under division (C) of this Section 5.04 shall be evidence in rebuttal of the presumption recited in Section 5.01. Any determination made by the disinterested directors under division (A) or by independent legal counsel under division (B) of this Section 5.04 to make indemnification in respect of any claim, issue or matter asserted in an action or suit threatened or brought by or in the right of the corporation shall be promptly communicated to the person who threatened or brought such action or suit. Within ten (10) days after receipt of such notification, such person shall have the right to petition the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought, if any, to review the reasonableness of such determination.

Section 5.05. Advances for Expenses. Expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, filing fees, court reporters' fees and transcript costs) incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
Section 5.01 shall be paid by

24

the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding to or on behalf of the officer or director promptly as such expenses are incurred by him, but only if such officer or director shall first agree, in writing, to repay all amounts so paid in respect of any claim, issue or other matter asserted in such action, suit or proceeding in defense of which he shall not have been successful on the merits or otherwise:

(A) if it shall ultimately be determined as provided in Section 5.04 that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as provided under Section 5.01; or

(B) if, in respect of any claim, issue or other matter asserted by or in the right of the corporation in such action or suit, he shall have been adjudged to be liable for acting with reckless disregard for the best interests of the corporation or misconduct (other than negligence) in the performance of his duty to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite such adjudication of liability, and in view of all the circumstances, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to all or part of such indemnification.

25

Section 5.06. Article Five Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Article Five shall not be exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under the articles or the regulations or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an officer or director of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Section 5.07. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection, including but not limited to trust funds, letters of credit, or self-insurance, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation (domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit), partnership, joint venture, trust or their enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the obligation or the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article Five. Insurance may be purchased from or maintained with a person in which the corporation has a financial interest.

26

Section 5.08. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article Five, and as examples and not by way of limitation:

(A) A person claiming indemnification under this Article 5 shall be deemed to have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 5.01, or in defense of any claim, issue or other matter therein, if such action, suit or proceeding shall be terminated as to such person, with or without prejudice, without the entry of a judgment or order against him, without a conviction of him, without the imposition of a fine upon him and without his payment or agreement to pay any amount in settlement thereof (whether or not any such termination is based upon a judicial or other determination of the lack of merit of the claims made against him or otherwise results in a vindication of him); and

(B) References to an "other enterprise" shall include employee benefit plans; references to a "fine" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or

27

beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" within the meaning of that term as used in this Article Five.

Section 5.09. Venue. Any action, suit or proceeding to determine a claim for indemnification under this Article Five may be maintained by the person claiming such indemnification, or by the corporation, in the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio. The corporation and (by claiming such indemnification) each such person consent to the exercise of jurisdiction over its or his person by the Court of Common Pleas of Trumbull County, Ohio in any such action, suit or proceeding.

ARTICLE SIX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01. Amendments. The regulations of the corporation may only be amended or new regulations adopted in accordance with the provisions of the articles of the corporation or the law.

Section 6.02. Action by Shareholders or Directors Without a Meeting. Anything contained in the regulations to the contrary notwithstanding, except as

28

provided in Section 6.01, any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the shareholders or of the directors or of a committee of the directors, as the case may be, may be authorized or taken without a meeting with the affirmative vote or approval of, and in a writing or writings signed by, all the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting of the shareholders held for such purpose, or all the directors, or all the members of such committee of the directors, respectively, which writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the corporation.

Section 6.03. Seal. The seal of the corporation shall be circular, about two inches in diameter, with the name of the corporation engraved around the margin and the word "SEAL" engraved across the center.

Section 6.04. Regulations Supersede Prior By-Laws or Regulations. These regulations supersede any by-laws or regulations existing at the date of adoption of these regulations.

29

EXHIBIT 10.1

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING CO.
GROUP TERM CARVE OUT PLAN

THIS PLAN is made and entered into as of this 23rd day of February, 2001, by and between The Cortland Savings & Banking Co., an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and the Participant selected to participate in this Plan (the "Participant").

INTRODUCTION

The Bank wishes to attract and retain highly qualified executives. To further this objective, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of certain life insurance policies which are owned by the Bank on the lives of the participating executives with the designated beneficiary of each insured participating executive. The Bank will pay the life insurance premiums from its general assets.

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 " Base Annual Salary" means the current base annual salary of the Participant at the earliest of (1) the date of the Participant's death; (2) the date of the Participant's Disability; (3) the date the Participant's employment with Cortland Bancorp. or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change of Control (except for Termination for Cause); (4) the Participant's Early Retirement Date; or (5) the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. Current Base Annual Salary shall be defined by reference to compensation of the type that would be required to be reported by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
228.402(b) (17 C.F.R. Section 228.402(b)), specifically column (c) of that rule's Summary Compensation Table (or any successor provision).

1.2 "Change of Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp.'s voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct Cortland Bancorp.'s management or policies, if the Board of Directors of Cortland Bancorp. has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of Cortland Bancorp. for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder;

(c) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Cortland Bancorp. cease for

1

any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (c) - each director who is first elected by the Board of Cortland Bancorp. (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) Cortland Bancorp. shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into Cortland Bancorp., on a basis whereby less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of Cortland Bancorp. immediately before such merger or consolidation; or

(e) Cortland Bancorp. shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Plan, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change of Control, a Change of Control of Cortland Bancorp. shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Cortland Bancorp.'s voting securities as a result of the acquisition of Cortland Bancorp. voting securities by Cortland Bancorp. which reduces the number of Cortland Bancorp.'s voting securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp. such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp. voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp. voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change of Control of Cortland Bancorp shall then occur.

1.3 "Compensation Committee" means either the Compensation Committee designated from time to time by the Bank's Board of Directors (as of the date this Plan is created, the Bank identifies the board committee performing this function as the Executive Compensation Committee) or a majority of the Bank's Board of Directors, either of which shall hereinafter be referred to as the Compensation Committee.

1.4 "Disability" means, if the Participant is covered by a Bank-sponsored disability, policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Participant is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Participant suffering a sickness, accident or injury which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Bank, prevents the Participant from performing substantially all of the Participant's normal duties for the Bank. As a condition to any benefits, the Bank may require the Participant to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Bank's Board of Directors deems appropriate. Any one of the following events also constitutes Disability: the total and irrecoverable loss of speech or hearing; the loss of sight of both eyes; the severance of both hands at or above the wrist; the severance of both feet at or above the ankles; or the severance of one entire hand and one entire foot.

1.5 "Early Retirement Age" means the Participant's attaining age 62.

2

1.6 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Employment before Early Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

1.7 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination Occurs.

1.8 "Insured" means the individual whose life is insured.

1.9 "Insurer" means the insurance company issuing the life insurance policy on the life of the Insured.

1.10 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Participant attaining age 65.

1.11 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or the date that the Participant terminates or is terminated for any reason other than Termination for Cause.

1.12 "Participant" means the employee who is designated by the Compensation Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan, elects in writing to participate in the Plan using the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, and signs a Split Dollar Endorsement for the Policy in which he or she is the Insured.

1.13 "Policy" or "Policies" means the individual insurance policy or policies adopted by the Compensation Committee for purposes of insuring a Participant's life under this Plan.

1.14 "Plan" means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.

1.15 "Terminated for Cause" or "Termination for Cause" means that the Bank has terminated the Participant's employment for any of the following reasons:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(a) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Participant's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank. No act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be considered "willful" unless he has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Bank.

1.16 "Years of Service" means the total number of twelve-month periods during which

3

the Participant serves as an employee of the Bank.

ARTICLE 2
PARTICIPATION

2.1 Eligibility to Participate. The Compensation Committee in its sole discretion shall designate from time to time Participants that are eligible to participate in this Plan.

2.2 Participation. The eligible executive may participate in this Plan by executing an Election to Participate and a Split Dollar Endorsement. The Split Dollar Endorsement shall bind the Participant and his or her beneficiaries, assigns and transferees, to the terms and conditions of this Plan. An executive's participation is limited to only Policies where he or she is the Insured. Exhibit B attached hereto sets forth the original Insured Participants and the Policies on their lives.

2.3 Termination of Participation. A Participant's rights under this Plan shall cease and his or her participation in this Plan shall terminate if any of the following events occur:

(a) If the Participant is Terminated for Cause.

(b) If the Participant's employment with the Bank is terminated prior to the Early Retirement Age for reasons other than Disability or Change of Control.

(c) If the Participant terminates employment due to Disability and thereafter becomes gainfully employed with an entity other than the Bank.

In the event that the Bank decides to maintain the Policy after the Participant's termination of participation in the Plan, the Bank shall be the direct beneficiary of the entire death proceeds of the Policy.

2.4 Maintaining the Policy and Endorsement until Death. If any of the events listed below occur, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and, in no event, shall the Bank amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Participant's interest in the Policy, unless the Participant agrees pursuant to section 8.1. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement if the Bank and Participant execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for a comparable benefit, which Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank's creditors.

(a) Disability. If the Participant's employment with the Bank is terminated due to Disability, except as set forth in section 2.3(c) herein.

(b) Retirement. If the Participant's employment with the Bank is terminated on or after Early Retirement Age.

4

(c) Change of Control. If the Participant's employment with Cortland Bancorp. or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change of Control (except for Termination for Cause).

ARTICLE 3
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

3.1 Participant's Interest. With respect to each Policy, the Participant or the Participant's assignee shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the following death benefit amounts:

(a) Pre-Retirement Death Benefit. If the Participant was employed by the Bank at the time of death, the death benefit shall be the lesser of : (i) two times the Participant's Base Annual Salary, less the Participant's $50,000 group term life insurance benefit under the Bank's group term life insurance policy; or (ii) $500,000.

(b) Post-Retirement Death Benefit. If the Participant was no longer employed by the Bank at the time of death, but had terminated employment within one year after a Change of Control or had terminated employment due to Disability or on or after Early Retirement Age, the death benefit shall be the lesser of (i) one times the Participant's Base Annual Salary or (ii) $500,000.

The Participant shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options with the consent of the Bank and the Insurer.

3.2 Bank's Interest. The Bank shall own the Policies and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership except that the Bank shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of a Policy so long as a Participant has an interest in the Policy during the time periods as described in section 3.1. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Plan. With respect to each Policy, the Bank shall be the direct beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Participant's interest is determined according to section 3.1.

ARTICLE 4
PREMIUMS

4.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay all premiums due on all Policies.

4.2 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute income to the Participant in an amount equal to the current term rate for the Participant's age multiplied by the net death benefit payable to the Participant's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

ARTICLE 5

5

ASSIGNMENT

Any Participant may assign without consideration all interests in his or her Policy and in this Plan to any person, entity or trust. In the event a Participant shall transfer all of his or her interest in the Policy, then all of that Participant's interest in his or her Policy and in the Plan shall be vested in his or her transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and that Participant shall have no further interest in his or her Policy or in this Plan.

ARTICLE 6
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of their corresponding Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with a Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all persons relating to that Policy. The Insurer shall not be bound by the provisions of this Plan. The Insurer shall have the right to rely on the Bank's representations with regard to any definitions, interpretations, or Policy interests as specified under this Plan.

ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.1 Claims Procedure. The Bank shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim against this Plan (the "Claimant"), in writing, within ninety (90) days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or benefits under this Plan. If the Bank determines that Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of this Plan's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional ninety (90) days.

7.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Bank not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Bank. Said petition shall state the specific reasons which the Claimant believes entitles him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Bank of the petition, the Bank shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of this Plan on

6

which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another sixty (60) days at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendment or Termination of Plan. Except as otherwise provided in section 2.4 and 8.2, (i) the Bank may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, and (ii) the Bank may amend or terminate a Participant's rights under the Plan at any time prior to a Participant's death by written notice to the Participant.

8.2 Amendment or Termination of Plan Upon Change of Control. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 8.1, in the event of a Change of Control, the Bank, or its successor, shall maintain in full force and effect each Policy that is in existence on the date the Change of Control occurs and shall not terminate or otherwise abrogate a Participant's interest in the Policy. However, the Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank's creditors. This section 8.2 shall apply to all Participants in the Plan on the date the Change of Control occurs, including but not limited to (i) a retired Participant who has an interest in a Policy; (ii) a disabled Participant who has an interest in the Policy; and (iii) a Participant whose employment is terminated as a result of a Change of Control.

8.3 Participant Waiver. A Participant may, in the Participant's sole and absolute discretion, waive his or her rights under the Plan at any time. Any waiver permitted under this section 8.3 shall be in writing and delivered to the Board of Directors of the Bank.

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Binding Effect. This Plan in conjunction with each Split Dollar Endorsement shall bind each Participant and the Bank, their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees and any Policy beneficiary.

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Plan is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give a Participant the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge a Participant. It also does not require a Participant to remain an employee nor interfere with a Participant's right to terminate employment at any time.

9.3 Applicable Law. The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

9.4 Notice. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party

7

personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his/her last known address as shown on the records of the Bank. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

9.5 Entire Agreement. This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Participant as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Participant by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.

9.6 Administration. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Plan, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Plan;

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Plan;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Plan.

9.7 Designated Fiduciary. For purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if applicable, the Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

9.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect.

9.9 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank executes this Plan as of the date indicated above.

BANK:
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING CO.

BY
TITLE

8

_____________, 2002

Name ___________________
Title __________________
The Cortland Savings & Banking Company
[ADDRESS LINE 1]
[ADDRESS LINE 2]

RE: PARTICIPATION IN GROUP TERM CARVE OUT PLAN OF THE CORTLAND SAVINGS &
BANKING COMPANY

Dear [NAME]:

The purpose of this notice is to inform you of certain changes for your participation in the Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23, 2001 (the "Plan"), which changes we, the Board of Directors of The Cortland Savings & Banking Company (the "Bank"), have agreed to. In accordance with the terms of the Plan, particularly Section 8.1 ("Amendment or Termination of Plan") thereof, Participants are hereby notified of the following amendments to the Plan. The changes as expressed in this letter are hereafter known as Amendment No. 1 of the Plan.

Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all terms defined in the Plan are used herein with the same meaning as provided therein. The changes we have agreed to are as follows:

1.2 Article 1.4 ("Disability") of the Plan shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

"Disability" means the Participant's suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Participant, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Participant totally and permanently disabled. The Participant must submit proof to the Bank of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination upon the request of the Bank.

1.3 Article 7.1 ("Claims Procedure") of the Plan shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

7.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

9

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

7.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

7.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

7.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

7.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based,

7.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

7.1.3.4 An explanation of the Plan's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

7.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA [Employees Retirement Income Security Act] Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

1.4 Article 7.2 of the Plan ("Review Procedure") shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

7.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant,

10

within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

7.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

7.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

7.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

7.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

7.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based,

7.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

7.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action

11

under ERISA Section 502(a).

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank has authorized the aforementioned changes to the Plan pursuant to action on April 16, 2002.

Except as expressly modified herein, all the terms, covenants, and provisions of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING COMPANY


By: Rodger W. Platt Its: President and Chief Executive Officer

12

EXHIBIT A

ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE

I, _________________________________ , an eligible employee as determined in section 2.1 of the Cortland Savings and Banking Co. Group Term Carve Out Plan (the "Plan") dated as of ___ February 23, 2001, hereby elect to become a Participant of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Plan. Additionally, I acknowledge that I have read the Plan document and agree to be bound by its terms.

Executed this _______________ day of _________________, 2001.


Witness Participant

13

EXHIBIT B
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

PARTICIPANT'S NAME               INSURER                                        POLICY NUMBER
------------------               -------                                        -------------

Marcel Arnal                     Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998008

Douglas L. Blay                  Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998009

Timothy Carney                   Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998010

James Duff                       Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998011

Deborah Eazor                    Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998012

Thomas Elliott, IV               Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998013

Lawrence A. Fantauzzi            Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998014

James M. Gasior                  Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998015

Robert Horvath                   Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998016

Marlene Lenio                    Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998017

Steve Mack                       Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998018

Mark Mediate                     Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998019

Keith Mrozek                     Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998020

Pietro Pascale                   Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998021

Craig Phythyon                   Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998022

Karen Rudge                      Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998023

Judy Russell                     Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998024

Barbara Sandrock                 Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998025

Frank Sedall                     Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998026

Stephen A. Telego                Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998027

Kimberly Vogt                    Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998028

Danny L. White                   Great-West Life & Annuity Ins. Co              85998029

(group term carve out plan. without split $ endorsement cortland )

14

EXHIBIT 10.2

GROUP TERM CARVE OUT PLAN
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY

POLICY NO. 85998027 INSURED: Stephen A.Telego, Sr.

Supplementing and amending the application of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the "Bank") on January 5, 2001 to Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company (the "Insurer"), the applicant requests and directs that:

BENEFICIARIES

1. The beneficiary designated by the Insured, or his/her transferee shall be the beneficiary of one of the following death benefit amounts, subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 below:

(a) Pre-Retirement Death Benefit. If the Insured/Participant was employed by the Bank at the time of death, the death benefit shall be the lesser of : (1) two times the Participant's Base Annual Salary (defined in the Cortland Savings and Banking Company Group Term Carve Out Plan dated as of February 23, 2001, as amended (the "Plan")), less $50,000; or (2) $350,000.

(b) Post-Retirement Death Benefit. If the Insured/Participant was no longer employed by the Bank at the time of death, but terminated within one year after a Change of Control (defined in the Plan) or terminated due to Disability (defined in the Plan) or on or after Early Retirement Age (defined in the Plan), the death benefit shall be the lesser of: (1) one times the Participant's Base Annual Salary (defined in the Plan); or (2) $500,000.

The Insurer may rely on a certificate issued by an authorized officer of the Bank for a determination of the amount equal to one or two times Base Annual Salary of the Insured.

2. The beneficiary of any remaining death proceeds shall be The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio.

OWNERSHIP

3. The Owner of the Policy shall be the Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or his/her transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.

4. The Insured or his/her transferee shall have the right to assign all rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph


(1) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured or the Insured's transferee shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (1) of this endorsement if any of the following events occur:

(a) If the Insured/Participant is Terminated for Cause (as defined in the Plan).

(b) If the Insured/Participant's employment with the Bank is terminated prior to Early Retirement Age (as defined in the Plan), for reasons other than Disability (as defined in the Plan) or Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).

(c) If the Insured/Participant terminates employment due to Disability (defined in the Plan) and thereafter becomes gainfully employed with an entity other than the Bank.

MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY

6. Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in paragraph (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.

OWNER'S AUTHORITY

7. The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner's claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner's statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge the Bank accordingly.

8. Any transferee's rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.

9. The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.

PRIOR ENDORSEMENTS ARE SUPERSEDED

10. This Amended Split Dollar Policy Endorsement supersedes any and all endorsements previously executed by the undersigned Insured under the Plan with respect to the above-referenced Policy.


DEATH BENEFIT FORMULA SUPERSEDES THE PLAN FORMULA

11. Death benefits payable under the Plan and this endorsement to the beneficiary(ies) designated by the Insured shall be calculated solely by reference to the pre-retirement death benefit formula and the post-retirement death benefit formula stated in paragraph (1) of this endorsement, notwithstanding that the Plan may provide for a different calculation or formula.

SIGNATURES

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity on behalf of the Bank and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed by the Bank at Cortland, Ohio, this ______ day of ________________ , 200__.

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY

By:
Its:

ACCEPTANCE AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing and, subject to the rights of the Owner as stated above, designates (relationship:
_____________________________________________________) as primary beneficiary(ies) and (relationship:
_____________________________________________________ ) as secondary/contingent beneficiary(ies) of the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (1) above.

Signed by the Insured at , Ohio, this ______ day of ________________ , 200__.

INSURED


Stephen A. Telego, Sr.

EXHIBIT 10.3

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of ___, 2005, by and between Cortland Bancorp, a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and Jerry A. Carleton (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's board of directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets. None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.


1.2 "Beneficiary" means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Director, determined according to Article 4.

1.3 "Beneficiary Designation Form" means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.4 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) the acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities,

(b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period,

(c) the Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) the Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because a person's beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities is the result of the Company's acquisition of its voting securities, reducing the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding; provided, however, that if such person acquires additional voting securities of the Company, increasing the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by that person, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred.

1.5 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


1.6 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffers a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's board of directors deems appropriate.

1.7 "Early Termination" means Termination of Service before the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or following a Change in Control.

1.8 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year of Early Termination.

1.9 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2005.

1.10 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 70th birthday.

1.11 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.12 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.13 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.14 "Termination for Cause" means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case -

(a) because of the Director's gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or

(b) because of the Director's commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) because of the Director's fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or

(d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company's or the Cortland Savings and


Banking Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or
(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].

1.15 "Termination of Service" means the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's board of directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the


date of Termination of Service (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director's Termination of Service.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days after the Director's Termination of Service.

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control. If the Plan Administrator changes the discount rate employed for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance, the Plan Administrator shall prepare or cause to be prepared a revised Schedule A, which shall supersede and replace any and all Schedules A previously prepared under or attached to this Agreement.

2.6 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Code section 409A or rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Code section 409A, such provision shall be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

Instead of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's Beneficiary a lump sum benefit in an amount equal to the Accrual Balance


on the date of the Director's death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's Beneficiary in a lump sum within 30 days after the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's Beneficiary that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month after the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's Beneficiary that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month after the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the


Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director's Termination of Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also shall terminate if Termination of Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the


special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages,


expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the right of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate service at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.


8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.11 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company's records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

DIRECTOR                                CORTLAND BANCORP


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Jerry A. Carleton                       Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

I, Jerry A. Carleton, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: ______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ___________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Jerry Carleton

Date: ______________________, 2005

Received by the Company this ___________ day of _________________, 2005.

By:
Title:

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Director Jerry A. Carleton
Normal Retirement Age: 70

                                        EARLY
                                     TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                AGE                ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT
                AT                   PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT     CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
  PLAN YEAR    PLAN    ACCRUAL         NORMAL           NORMAL            BENEFIT
   ENDING      YEAR   BALANCE @    RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE      PAYABLE IN A
FEBRUARY 28,    END   6.75% (1)          (2)              (2)           LUMP SUM (3)
------------   ----   ---------    --------------   --------------   -----------------
    2006        63     $ 7,420         $ 1,602          $ 1,602           $ 7,420
    2007        64     $15,358         $ 3,099          $ 3,099           $15,358
    2008        65     $23,847         $ 4,499          $ 4,499           $23,847
    2009        66     $32,928         $ 5,807          $ 5,807           $32,928
    2010        67     $42,641         $ 7,031          $ 7,031           $42,641
    2011        68     $53,031         $ 8,175          $ 8,175           $53,031
    2012        69     $64,143         $ 9,244          $ 9,244           $64,143
  November      70     $72,983(4)      $10,000          $10,000           $72,983
    2012

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning December 1, 2012.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

(3) The benefit payable under section 2.4 for Termination of Service after a Change in Control is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director's Termination of Service. The benefit is shown for illustrative purposes only.

(4) Projected retirement occurs on November 22, 2012, with the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing December 1, 2012.

If there is a contradiction between the terms of the Agreement and Schedule A concerning the actual amount of a particular benefit amount due the Executive under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 of the Agreement, then the actual amount of the benefit set forth in the Agreement shall control. If the Plan Administrator changes the discount rate employed for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance, the Plan Administrator shall prepare or cause to be prepared a revised Schedule A, which shall supersede and replace any and all Schedules A previously prepared under or attached to the Agreement.

12

EXHIBIT 10.4

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this lst day of March, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company') and David C. Cole (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets, None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment?' that is set forth in Section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.l (f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof provided. however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation, or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the


Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding, provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period, If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001,

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 61st birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement

1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

1.11 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute tight to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred,

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Ag; the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the


benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.


3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Directors beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived,

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. 1f, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modi1~y the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved, lithe Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyally, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 18l8(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS ANTI REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement lithe Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed, lithe Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.


8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breath of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement

8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement,

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing riles and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.11 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full -extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law,


continue in full force and effect

8.12 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement

8.13 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp.

194W, Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: David C. Cole



and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
David C. Cole                           Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP.
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

DAVID C. COLE

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company, I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this ______ day of _______,2001.

By:
Title:

February __, 2004

Mr. David C. Cole
Director
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

RE: LETTER AMENDMENT OF DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Mr. Cole:

The purpose of this letter is to memorialize in writing certain changes in your March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, which I refer to hereinafter as the "Agreement." Cortland Bancorp had been accruing for its liability under the Agreement using an 8.00% accrual rate assumption, but that assumed rate was changed to 6.75% effective on October 1, 2003, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates that has persisted since the Agreements were originally entered into. A similar change in the accrual rate assumption was recently made by Cortland Savings and Banking Company for its liability accruals under Salary Continuation Agreements with officers.

The changed accrual rate assumption affects anticipated benefit payment amounts, both under the Agreements and under the officers' Salary Continuation Agreements. Just as the Salary Continuation Agreements' Schedules A have been updated to reflect this changed assumption, we propose to replace the Schedule A attached to your Agreement with a new Schedule A. To make this process more fluid if a similar change needs to be made in the future, we are also proposing
(a) to add to the Agreement a definition of the term "Accrual Balance," (b) to add a provision clarifying that the Agreement's terms govern in all cases in which there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A, and (c) to replace Sections 8.9 and 8.10 with a new Article 9 that has to do with administration of the Agreement. These new provisions make more clear the power of the administrator of the Agreement (the board) to make decisions about important accounting and interpretive issues under the Agreement, including changes in Schedule A of the Agreement.

The text of the amendment is set forth below. Following that text is a signature line. I ask that you sign and date the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided, and that you return the executed copy to me. That will complete the amendment process. A revised Schedule A is also attached to this letter. Please retain the accompanying revised Schedule A. The revised Schedule A replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Schedule A currently associated with your Agreement. You may discard the old Schedule A.

FIRST AMENDMENT

A new definition of the term "Accrual Balance" is added to the Agreement as
Section 1.12, as follows:


1.12 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

SECOND AMENDMENT

A new section 2.5 is added to the Agreement to clarify that the terms of the Agreement govern if there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A attached to the Agreement, as follows:

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

THIRD AMENDMENT

The sections of the Agreement having to do with "Administration" (section 8.9) and "Named Fiduciary" (section 8.10) are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the sections that follow are renumbered accordingly sections 8.9 ("Severability"), 8.10 ("Headings"), and 8.11 ("Notices").

FOURTH AMENDMENT

A new Article 9 having to do with administration is added to the Agreement, as follows:

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.


9.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

9.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

Please signify your acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing changes by executing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided and returning it to the undersigned. The changes become effective as an amendment of your Director Retirement Agreement upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of this letter executed by you.

Cortland Bancorp

By:

Rodger W. Platt Its: Chairman of the Board and President

Accepted and agreed to this _____ day of _________ , 2004 by the undersigned director of Cortland Bancorp.

Director


David C. Cole

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

David C. Cole
Normal Retirement Age: 61

                                          EARLY
                                       TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                   AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                   AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
                  PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
   PLAN YEAR      YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
ENDING FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
---------------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
      2004         45    $ 5,478         $ 2,083          $ 2,083        $ 5,478
      2005         46    $ 8,125         $ 2,889          $ 2,889        $ 8,125
      2006         47    $10,956         $ 3,642          $ 3,642        $10,956
      2007         48    $13,985         $  ,346          $ 4,346        $13,985
      2008         49    $17,224         $ 5,004          $ 5,004        $17,224
      2009         50    $20,689         $ 5,620          $  ,620        $20,689
      2010         51    $24,395         $ 6,195          $ 6,195        $24,395
      2011         52    $28,360         $ 6,733          $ 6,733        $28,360
      2012         53    $32,600         $ 7,236          $ 7,236        $32,600
      2013         54    $37,135         $ 7,706          $ 7,706        $37,135
      2014         55    $41,987         $ 8,146          $ 8,146        $41,987
      2015         56    $47,176         $ 8,557          $ 8,557        $47,176
      2016         57    $52,726         $ 8,941          $ 8,941        $52,726
      2017         58    $58,663         $ 9,300          $ 9,300        $58,663
      2018         59    $65,013         $ 9,636          $ 9,636        $65,013
      2019         60    $71,806         $ 9,950          $ 9,950        $71,806
   April 2019      61    $72,983(3)      $10,000          $10,000        $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning May 1, 2019.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

(3) Projected retirement occurs April 20, 2019, with the first the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing May 2019. The accrual balance at the end of April 2019 will be $72,983.


EXHIBIT 10.5

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of March, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company') and George E. Gessner (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets, None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment?' that is set forth in Section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.l (f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof provided. however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation, or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding, provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.


1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period, If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001,

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 66st birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement

1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

1.11 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute tight to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred,

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Ag; the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.


2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Directors beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived,

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement


Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. 1f, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modi1~y the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved, lithe Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyally, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 18l8(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6


CLAIMS ANTI REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement lithe Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed, lithe Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breath of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement


8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement,

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing riles and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.11 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full -extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect

8.12 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement

8.13 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp.

194W, Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: George E. Gessner



and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


------------------------------------    By:
George E. Gessner                           ------------------------------------

                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP.
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

GEORGE E. GESSNER

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company, I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this ______ day of _________ ,2001.

By:
Title:

February __, 2004

Mr. George E. Gessner
Director
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

RE: LETTER AMENDMENT OF DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Mr. Gessner:

The purpose of this letter is to memorialize in writing certain changes in your March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, which I refer to hereinafter as the "Agreement." Cortland Bancorp had been accruing for its liability under the Agreement using an 8.00% accrual rate assumption, but that assumed rate was changed to 6.75% effective on October 1, 2003, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates that has persisted since the Agreements were originally entered into. A similar change in the accrual rate assumption was recently made by Cortland Savings and Banking Company for its liability accruals under Salary Continuation Agreements with officers.

The changed accrual rate assumption affects anticipated benefit payment amounts, both under the Agreements and under the officers' Salary Continuation Agreements. Just as the Salary Continuation Agreements' Schedules A have been updated to reflect this changed assumption, we propose to replace the Schedule A attached to your Agreement with a new Schedule A. To make this process more fluid if a similar change needs to be made in the future, we are also proposing
(a) to add to the Agreement a definition of the term "Accrual Balance," (b) to add a provision clarifying that the Agreement's terms govern in all cases in which there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A, and (c) to replace Sections 8.9 and 8.10 with a new Article 9 that has to do with administration of the Agreement. These new provisions make more clear the power of the administrator of the Agreement (the board) to make decisions about important accounting and interpretive issues under the Agreement, including changes in Schedule A of the Agreement.

The text of the amendment is set forth below. Following that text is a signature line. I ask that you sign and date the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided, and that you return the executed copy to me. That will complete the amendment process. A revised Schedule A is also attached to this letter. Please retain the accompanying revised Schedule A. The revised Schedule A replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Schedule A currently associated with your Agreement. You may discard the old Schedule A.

FIRST AMENDMENT

A new definition of the term "Accrual Balance" is added to the Agreement as
Section 1.12, as follows:

1.12 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level


principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

SECOND AMENDMENT

A new section 2.5 is added to the Agreement to clarify that the terms of the Agreement govern if there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A attached to the Agreement, as follows:

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

THIRD AMENDMENT

The sections of the Agreement having to do with "Administration" (section 8.9) and "Named Fiduciary" (section 8.10) are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the sections that follow are renumbered accordingly sections 8.9 ("Severability"), 8.10 ("Headings"), and 8.11 ("Notices").

FOURTH AMENDMENT

A new Article 9 having to do with administration is added to the Agreement, as follows:

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

9.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.


9.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

Please signify your acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing changes by executing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided and returning it to the undersigned. The changes become effective as an amendment of your Director Retirement Agreement upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of this letter executed by you.

Cortland Bancorp

By:

Rodger W. Platt Its: Chairman of the Board and President

Accepted and agreed to this __________ day of ___________ , 2004 by the undersigned director of Cortland Bancorp.

Director


George E. Gessner

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

George E. Gessner
Normal Retirement Age: 66

                                          EARLY
                                       TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                   AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT     CHANGE-IN-
                   AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT        CONTROL
                  PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL          BENEFIT
   PLAN YEAR      YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE     PAYABLE IN
ENDING FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)          A LUMP SUM
---------------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   -------------
      2004         59    $15,560         $ 3,396          $ 3,396         $15,560

      2005         60    $22,303         $ 4,551          $ 4,551         $22,303

      2006         61    $29,516         $ 5,631          $ 5,631         $29,516

      2007         62    $37,231         $ 6,640          $ 6,640         $37,231

      2008         63    $45,483         $ 7,584          $ 7,584         $45,483

      2009         64    $54,310         $ 8,466          $ 8,466         $54,310

      2010         65    $63,752         $ 9,291          $ 9,291         $63,752

    Jan 2011       66    $72,983(3)      $10,000          $10,000         $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning February 1, 2011.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

(3) Projected retirement occurs January 24, 2011, with the first the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing February 2011. The accrual balance at the end of January 2011 will be $72,983.


EXHIBIT 10.6

CORTLAND BANCORP
AMENDED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made effective as of October 1, 2003, by and between Cortland Bancorp, a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and William A. Hagood (the "Director").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Director entered into a Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, which agreement provides for payment of retirement benefits to the Director after termination of his service,

WHEREAS, the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement provides for payment of $10,000 annually to the Director for 10 years if the Director retires on or after reaching the defined "Normal Retirement Age" of 73, and it provides for payment of reduced benefits if instead the Director retires before age 73,

WHEREAS, because the Company's Code of Regulations prohibits any person who has attained the age of 70 from standing for election as a director, and because the Director will be age 72 when his term expires at the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2004, the Company's Code of Regulations makes it impossible for the Director to attain the "Normal Retirement Age" defined in the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement before termination of his active director service with the Company,

WHEREAS, the Director has served the Company and subsidiaries as a member of the board of directors with distinction for more than 30 years, since 1972,

WHEREAS, the effect of the Code of Regulations' age limitation on director service was overlooked when the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement was entered into, and the intent of that March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement was that the Director should be entitled to the full Normal Retirement Benefit of $10,000 annually for 10 years for retirement after reaching the mandatory retirement age limit under the Code of Regulations,

WHEREAS, the Company and the Director desire to correct that oversight by amending and restating in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement by means of this Agreement, which shall supersede and replace the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement in its entirety on the effective date of this Agreement, and which shall, among other things, change the defined "Normal Retirement Age" from age 73 to age 72,

WHEREAS, the Director has stated his desire to retire from active director service effective on February 29, 2004,

WHEREAS, at the Company's request the Director has agreed to serve as Director Emeritus after termination of his active director service so that the board will continue to have the benefit of the Director's guidance and advice, and

WHEREAS, this Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, but the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement between the Company and the Director shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended, modified, or affected in any way by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:


1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

1.2 "Effective Date" means the date first written above, October 1, 2003.

1.3 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 72nd birthday.

1.4 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.5 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period beginning on March 1 of each year and ending on the last day of February of each year.

1.6 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's board of directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if the Director serves as Director Emeritus he shall nevertheless be considered to have ceased to be a member of the Company's board of directors. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

The Director having attained the Normal Retirement Age on August 25, 2003, upon Termination of Service the Company shall pay to the Director an annual benefit of $10,000. The annual benefit shall be payable to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the first day of each month beginning with the month after the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's board of directors may, in its sole discretion, increase the benefit.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

If the Director dies before receiving all benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the


beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

5.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

5.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Amendment and Termination. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

6.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

6.3 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.


6.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

6.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place.

6.6 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

6.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

6.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

6.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, this Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director dated as of March 1, 2001. However, the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement between the Company and the Director shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended, modified, or affected in any way by this Agreement.

6.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect.

6.11 Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

6.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp 194 W. Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: William A. Hagood Cortland Bancorp 194 W. Main Street


P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. Neither the Director nor any beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:
                                        Cortland Bancorp


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
William A. Hagood                       Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP
AMENDED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

WILLIAM A. HAGOOD

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
William A. Hagood
Date: ______________, 2004

Received by the Company this _______ day of ______________, 2004.

By:
Title:

EXHIBIT 10.7

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this lst day of March, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company') and James E. Hoffman III (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets, None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment?' that is set forth in Section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.l (f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof provided. however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation, or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the


Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding, provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period, If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001,

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 62st birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement

1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

1.11 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute tight to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred,

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Ag; the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit


2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies)


a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Directors beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived,

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. 1f, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modi1~y the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved, lithe Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the


Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyally, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 18l8(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS ANTI REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement lithe Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed, lithe Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8


MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breath of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement

8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement,

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing riles and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified


individuals.

8.11 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full -extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect

8.12 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement

8.13 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp.

194W, Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: James E. Hoffman III



and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


-------------------------------------   By:
James E. Hoffman III                        ------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP.
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

JAMES E. HOFFMAN III

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company, I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this ______ day of __________, 2001.

By:
Title:

February __, 2004

Mr. James E. Hoffman III
Director
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

RE: LETTER AMENDMENT OF DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Mr. Hoffman:

The purpose of this letter is to memorialize in writing certain changes in your March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, which I refer to hereinafter as the "Agreement." Cortland Bancorp had been accruing for its liability under the Agreement using an 8.00% accrual rate assumption, but that assumed rate was changed to 6.75% effective on October 1, 2003, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates that has persisted since the Agreements were originally entered into. A similar change in the accrual rate assumption was recently made by Cortland Savings and Banking Company for its liability accruals under Salary Continuation Agreements with officers.

The changed accrual rate assumption affects anticipated benefit payment amounts, both under the Agreements and under the officers' Salary Continuation Agreements. Just as the Salary Continuation Agreements' Schedules A have been updated to reflect this changed assumption, we propose to replace the Schedule A attached to your Agreement with a new Schedule A. To make this process more fluid if a similar change needs to be made in the future, we are also proposing
(a) to add to the Agreement a definition of the term "Accrual Balance," (b) to add a provision clarifying that the Agreement's terms govern in all cases in which there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A, and (c) to replace Sections 8.9 and 8.10 with a new Article 9 that has to do with administration of the Agreement. These new provisions make more clear the power of the administrator of the Agreement (the board) to make decisions about important accounting and interpretive issues under the Agreement, including changes in Schedule A of the Agreement.

The text of the amendment is set forth below. Following that text is a signature line. I ask that you sign and date the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided, and that you return the executed copy to me. That will complete the amendment process. A revised Schedule A is also attached to this letter. Please retain the accompanying revised Schedule A. The revised Schedule A replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Schedule A currently associated with your Agreement. You may discard the old Schedule A.

FIRST AMENDMENT

A new definition of the term "Accrual Balance" is added to the Agreement as
Section 1.12, as follows:


1.12 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

SECOND AMENDMENT

A new section 2.5 is added to the Agreement to clarify that the terms of the Agreement govern if there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A attached to the Agreement, as follows:

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

THIRD AMENDMENT

The sections of the Agreement having to do with "Administration" (section 8.9) and "Named Fiduciary" (section 8.10) are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the sections that follow are renumbered accordingly sections 8.9 ("Severability"), 8.10 ("Headings"), and 8.11 ("Notices").

FOURTH AMENDMENT

A new Article 9 having to do with administration is added to the Agreement, as follows:

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting


through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

9.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

9.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

Please signify your acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing changes by executing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided and returning it to the undersigned. The changes become effective as an amendment of your Director Retirement Agreement upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of this letter executed by you.

Cortland Bancorp

By:

Rodger W. Platt Its: Chairman of the Board and President

Accepted and agreed to this _____ day of _________, 2004 by the undersigned director of Cortland Bancorp.

Director


Mr. James E. Hoffman III

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Mr. James E. Hoffman III
Normal Retirement Age: 62

                                           EARLY
                                        TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                   AGE                ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                   AT                   PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
                  PLAN     ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
   PLAN YEAR      YEAR    BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
ENDING FEBRUARY    END    6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
---------------   ----   ----------   --------------   --------------   ----------
      2004         52    $10,608          $ 2,724          $ 2,724        $10,608
      2005         53    $15,575          $ 3,740          $ 3,740        $15,575
      2006         54    $20,888          $ 4,689          $ 4,689        $20,888
      2007         55    $26,572          $ 5,576          $ 5,576        $26,572
      2008         56    $32,651          $ 6,406          $ 6,406        $32,651
      2009         57    $39,153          $ 7,182          $ 7,182        $39,153
      2010         58    $46,108          $ 7,907          $ 7,907        $46,108
      2011         59    $53,548          $ 8,585          $ 8,585        $53,548
      2012         60    $61,505          $ 9,219          $ 9,219        $61,505
      2013         61    $70,016          $ 9,811          $ 9,811        $70,016
   June 2013       62    $72,983(3)       $10,000          $10,000        $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning July 1, 2013.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

(3) Projected retirement occurs June 12, 2013, with the first the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing July 2013. The accrual balance at the end of June 2013 will be $72,983.


EXHIBIT 10.8

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of March 1, 2004, by and between Cortland Bancorp, a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and Neil J. Kaback (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's board of directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets. None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) the acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities,

(b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period,

(c) the Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) the Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.


For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because a person's beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities is the result of the Company's acquisition of its voting securities, reducing the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding; provided, however, that if such person acquires additional voting securities of the Company, increasing the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by that person, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffers a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's board of directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means Termination of Service before the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or following a Change in Control.

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year of Early Termination.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2004.

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 67th birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.10 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.11 "Termination for Cause" means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case -

(a) because of the Director's gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or

(b) because of the Director's commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) because of the Director's fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or

(d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company's or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or
(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].

1.12 "Termination of Service" means the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's board of directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of


the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date of Termination of Service (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days after the Director's Termination of Service.

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3


DEATH BENEFITS

Instead of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month after the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month after the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person, or incapable


person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate, if the Director's Termination of Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, the Company shall not pay any benefits under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also shall terminate, if Termination of Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and


authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.


8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.11 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company's records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

DIRECTOR                                CORTLAND BANCORP


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Neil J. Kaback                          Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

I, Neil J. Kaback, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Neil J. Kaback

Date: __________________, 2004

Received by the Company this ________ day of _________, 2004.

By:
Title:

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Neil J. Kaback
Normal Retirement Age: 67

                                          EARLY
                                       TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                   AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                   AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
                  PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
   PLAN YEAR      YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
ENDING FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
---------------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
      2005         44    $ 1,334         $   822          $   822        $ 1,334
      2006         45    $ 2,761         $ 1,590          $ 1,590        $ 2,761
      2007         46    $ 4,287         $ 2,308          $ 2,308        $ 4,287
      2008         47    $ 5,919         $ 2,980          $ 2,980        $ 5,919
      2009         48    $ 7,666         $ 3,608          $ 3,608        $ 7,666
      2010         49    $ 9,533         $ 4,195          $ 4,195        $ 9,533
      2011         50    $11,531         $ 4,744          $ 4,744        $11,531
      2012         51    $13,668         $ 5,257          $ 5,257        $13,668
      2013         52    $15,953         $ 5,736          $ 5,736        $15,953
      2014         53    $18,398         $ 6,185          $ 6,185        $18,398
      2015         54    $21,013         $ 6,604          $ 6,604        $21,013
      2016         55    $23,810         $ 6,996          $ 6,996        $23,810
      2017         56    $26,802         $ 7,362          $ 7,362        $26,802
      2018         57    $30,002         $ 7,705          $ 7,705        $30,002
      2019         58    $33,425         $ 8,025          $ 8,025        $33,425
      2020         59    $37,086         $ 8,325          $ 8,325        $37,086
      2021         60    $41,003         $ 8,605          $ 8,605        $41,003
      2022         61    $45,191         $ 8,866          $ 8,866        $45,191
      2023         62    $49,672         $ 9,111          $ 9,111        $49,672
      2024         63    $54,464         $ 9,340          $ 9,340        $54,464
      2025         64    $59,591         $ 9,554          $ 9,554        $59,591
      2026         65    $65,074         $ 9,754          $ 9,754        $65,074
      2027         66    $70,939         $ 9,940          $ 9,940        $70,939
   June 2027       67    $72,983 (3)     $10,000          $10,000        $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning July 1, 2027.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

9

(3) Projected retirement occurs on June 20, 2027, with the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing July 1, 2027.

10

EXHIBIT 10.9

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this lst day of March, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company') and Karl R. Mahan (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets, None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment?' that is set forth in Section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.l (f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof provided. however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation, or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding, provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by


such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period, If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001,

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 63rd birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement

1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

1.11 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute tight to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred,

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Ag; the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date

2

(except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Directors beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same

3

amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived,

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. 1f, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modi1~y the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved, lithe Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyally, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(l) of the Federal

4

Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 18l8(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS ANTI REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement lithe Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed, lithe Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such

5

assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breath of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement

8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement,

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing riles and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.11 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full -extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect

8.12 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement

8.13 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors

                          Cortland Bancorp.
`                         194W, Main Street
                          P.O. Box 98
                          Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

6

(b) If to the Director, to: Karl R. Mahan



and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


-------------------------------------   By:
Karl R. Mahan                               ------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

7

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP.
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

KARL R. MAHAN

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company, I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this ______ day of ____________________ ,2001.

By:
Title:

8

SCHEDULE A

CORTLAND BANCORP. DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

KARL R. MAHAN

                                                                               CHANGE OF
                                                                DISABILITY      CONTROL
                             VESTED           EARLY               ANNUAL       LUMP SUM
PLAN   ACCRUAL    VESTING   ACCRUAL     TERMINATION ANNUAL       BENEFIT        PAYABLE
YEAR   BALANCE   SCHEDULE   BALANCE   BENEFIT PAYABLE AT 63   PAYABLE AT 63   IMMEDIATELY
----   -------   --------   -------   ---------------------   -------------   -----------
  1    $32,974     100%     $32,974          $ 5,199             $ 5,199        $32,974
  2    $68,685     100%     $68,685          $10,000             $10,000        $68,685

9

EXHIBIT 10.10

CORTLAND BANCORP
AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of May 1, 2004, by and between Cortland Bancorp, a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and Richard B. Thompson (the "Director").

WHEREAS, to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company desires to provide the Director with retirement benefits payable from the Company's general assets,

WHEREAS, for this purpose the Company and the Director entered into a Director Retirement Agreement dated as of October 1, 2001, which provides for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of his service,

WHEREAS, the Company's goal was to provide a largely uniform form of retirement agreement for its directors, but it has come to the Company's attention that the Director's October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement provides in section 3.1 for no death benefit if the Director dies in active service to the Company, whereas other directors' retirement agreements provide for a death benefit in that circumstance that is based on the Accrual Balance existing on the date of the directors' death,

WHEREAS, the October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement was amended in certain respects in February 2004 with inclusion of a definition of the term "Accrual Balance," addition of Article 9 having to do with plan administration, and miscellaneous other changes,

WHEREAS, the Company desires to correct the oversight in section 3.1 of the Director's October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement and to incorporate into this Agreement any other changes made since the October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement was entered into,

WHEREAS, the Company and the Director desire that this Agreement shall supersede and replace in its entirety the October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, effective immediately, and

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows -

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan


Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

1.2 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder;

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (c) - each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation; or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.3 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.4 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.5 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.


1.7 "Effective Date" means October 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 70th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.10 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.11 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.1.

1.12 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.


2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the


Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the


Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of


the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety the October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, effective immediately.

8.9 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect.

8.10 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.11 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be addressed to the Board of Directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing by like notice. If to the Director, notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be addressed to the Director's address appearing on the Company's records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing by like notice.

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such other committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of

7

this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

9.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

9.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:
                                        CORTLAND BANCORP


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Richard B. Thompson                     Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

8

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP
AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

RICHARD B. THOMPSON

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended and Restated Director Retirement Agreement -

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this _________ day of ____________, 2004.

By:
Title:

9

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Richard B. Thompson
Normal Retirement Age: 70

                                    EARLY
                                TERMINATION       DISABILITY
             AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT
             AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT     CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
PLAN YEAR   PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL            BENEFIT
  ENDING    YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE       PAYABLE IN
SEPTEMBER    END   6.75% (1)        (2)              (2)             A LUMP SUM
---------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   -----------------
2004         56     $ 6,873       $ 2,417          $ 2,417            $ 6,873
2005         57     $ 9,813       $ 3,225          $ 3,225            $ 9,813
2006         58     $12,957       $ 3,982          $ 3,982            $12,957
2007         59     $16,320       $ 4,689          $ 4,689            $16,320
2008         60     $19,917       $ 5,350          $ 5,350            $19,917
2009         61     $23,764       $ 5,968          $ 5,968            $23,764
2010         62     $27,880       $ 6,545          $ 6,545            $27,880
2011         63     $32,282       $ 7,085          $ 7,085            $32,282
2012         64     $36,990       $ 7,590          $ 7,590            $36,990
2013         65     $42,027       $ 8,062          $ 8,062            $42,027
2014         66     $47,414       $ 8,504          $ 8,504            $47,414
2015         67     $53,176       $ 8,916          $ 8,916            $53,176
2016         68     $59,339       $ 9,302          $ 9,302            $59,339
2017         69     $65,932       $ 9,663          $ 9,663            $65,932
2018         70     $72,983       $10,000          $10,000            $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning October 1, 2018.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

10

EXHIBIT 10.11

CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this lst day of March, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company') and Timothy K. Woofter (the "Director").

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide retirement benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets, None of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment?' that is set forth in Section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.l (f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company is concerned.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Change in Control" means that any of the following events occur:

(a) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote 25% or more of a class of the Company's voting securities;

(b) The acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Company's management or policies, if the Board of Directors of the Company has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Company for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof provided. however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the Board of the Company (or first nominated by that Board for election by shareholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the period;

(d) The Company shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Company, on a basis whereby less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger or consolidation, or

(e) The Company shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding this definition of Change in Control, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company's voting securities as a result of the acquisition of the Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of the Company's voting securities outstanding, provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company voting


securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3 "Disability" means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period, If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury, which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director's normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.4 "Early Termination" means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability Termination for Cause or following a Change in Control

1.5 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.6 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001,

1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Director's 63rd birthday.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

1.9 "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement

1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

1.11 "Termination of Service" means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company's Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the service status of the Director or the date of the Director's Termination of Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute tight to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred,

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Ag; the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $10,000 (Ten Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Director's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.1.3 Benefit Increases. Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the benefit

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement


2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Director terminates service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Service occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month commencing with the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for 10 years.

2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. If the Director's service with the Company terminates within one year after a Change in Control (except for Termination for Cause), the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this
Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the date of the Director's Termination of Service, which is determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 would require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a lump sum within 3 days following the Director's Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

In lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement, the Director's beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive the following benefits under Articles 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4, depending on whether the Director's death occurs during or after active service and before or after Normal Retirement Age.

3.1 Death in Active Service Before Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) a lump sum benefit determined by vesting the Director in 100% of the Accrual Balance on the Director's date of death. The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director's beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum within 30 days following the Director's death.

3.2 Death in Active Service After Normal Retirement Age. If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall for a period of 10 years pay to the Director's beneficiary(ies) the Normal Retirement Benefit provided in Article 2.1.1.

3.3 Death After Termination of Service Before Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments


Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Directors beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived,

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.2 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

3.4 Death After Termination of Service After Normal Retirement Age. (a) After Payments Commence. 1f, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments commence under Article 2.1 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

(b) Before Payments Commence. If, a Termination of Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to any benefit pursuant to Article 2.1 of this Agreement but dies before the benefit payments commence, the Company shall pay the same aggregate benefit payments to the Director's beneficiary(ies) that the Director was entitled to before death, except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Director's death.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modi1~y the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director's lifetime. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved, lithe Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Director's estate shall be the beneficiary.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director's service for:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

(c) Fraud, disloyally, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Director has made any material


misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

5.3 Removal. If the Director is removed from service and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 18l8(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS ANTI REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement lithe Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed, lithe Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company, nor does the Agreement interfere with the rights of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate services at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.


8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breath of this Agreement and shall entitle the Director to the Change in Control Benefit provided in Section 2.4.

8.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement

8.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement. The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement,

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing riles and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.11 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full -extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision, not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect

8.12 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement

8.13 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.


(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp.

194W, Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: Timothy K. Woofter



and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Timothy K. Woofter                      Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
CORTLAND BANCORP.
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Director Retirement Agreement:

Primary: _______________________________________________________________________


Contingent: ____________________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company, I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
Date:

Received by the Company this ______ day of ___________ ,2001.

By:
Title:

February __ 2004

Mr. Timothy K. Woofter
Director
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

RE: LETTER AMENDMENT OF DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Mr. Woofter:

The purpose of this letter is to memorialize in writing certain changes in your March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, which I refer to hereinafter as the "Agreement." Cortland Bancorp had been accruing for its liability under the Agreement using an 8.00% accrual rate assumption, but that assumed rate was changed to 6.75% effective October 1, 2003, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates that has persisted since the Agreements were originally entered into. A similar change in the accrual rate assumption was recently made by Cortland Savings and Banking Company for its liability accruals under Salary Continuation Agreements with officers.

The changed accrual rate assumption affects anticipated benefit payment amounts, both under the Agreements and under the officers' Salary Continuation Agreements. Just as the Salary Continuation Agreements' Schedules A have been updated to reflect this changed assumption, we propose to replace the Schedule A attached to your Agreement with a new Schedule A. To make this process more fluid if a similar change needs to be made in the future, we are also proposing
(a) to add to the Agreement a definition of the term "Accrual Balance," (b) to add a provision clarifying that the Agreement's terms govern in all cases in which there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A, and (c) to replace Sections 8.9 and 8.10 with a new Article 9 that has to do with administration of the Agreement. These new provisions make more clear the power of the administrator of the Agreement (the board) to make decisions about important accounting and interpretive issues under the Agreement, including changes in Schedule A of the Agreement.

The text of the amendment is set forth below. Following that text is a signature line. I ask that you sign and date the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided, and that you return the executed copy to me. That will complete the amendment process. A revised Schedule A is also attached to this letter. Please retain the accompanying revised Schedule A. The revised Schedule A replaces and supersedes in its entirety the Schedule A currently associated with your Agreement. You may discard the old Schedule A.

FIRST AMENDMENT

A new definition of the term "Accrual Balance" is added to the Agreement as
Section 1.12, as follows:


1.12 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Company's obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP. The Plan Administrator shall consist of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint.

SECOND AMENDMENT

A new section 2.5 is added to the Agreement to clarify that the terms of the Agreement govern if there is a conflict between the text of the Agreement versus the benefits reflected on Schedule A attached to the Agreement, as follows:

2.5 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

THIRD AMENDMENT

The sections of the Agreement having to do with "Administration" (section 8.9) and "Named Fiduciary" (section 8.10) are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the sections that follow are renumbered accordingly sections 8.9 ("Severability"), 8.10 ("Headings"), and 8.11 ("Notices").

FOURTH AMENDMENT

A new Article 9 having to do with administration is added to the Agreement, as follows:

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

9.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

9.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator


with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

9.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

Please signify your acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing changes by executing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter in the spaces provided and returning it to the undersigned. The changes become effective as an amendment of your Director Retirement Agreement upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of this letter executed by you.

Cortland Bancorp

By:

Rodger W. Platt Its: Chairman of the Board and President

Accepted and agreed to this _______ day of ____________, 2004 by the undersigned director of Cortland Bancorp.

Director


Timothy K. Woofter

SCHEDULE A
CORTLAND BANCORP
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

Timothy K. Woofter
Normal Retirement Age: 63

                                     EARLY
                                  TERMINATION       DISABILITY
              AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT    ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
              AT                  PAYABLE AT        PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
 PLAN YEAR   PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL            NORMAL         BENEFIT
  ENDING     YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE    RETIREMENT AGE    PAYABLE IN
 FEBRUARY     END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)         A LUMP SUM
----------   ----   ---------   --------------   ---------------   -----------
   2004       53    $10,654         $ 2,706          $ 2,706         $10,654
   2005       54    $15,740         $ 3,737          $ 3,737         $15,740
   2006       55    $21,179         $ 4,701          $ 4,701         $21,179
   2007       56    $26,997         $ 5,602          $ 5,602         $26,997
   2008       57    $33,221         $ 6,445          $ 6,445         $33,221
   2009       58    $39,877         $ 7,233          $ 7,233         $39,877
   2010       59    $46,998         $ 7,969          $ 7,969         $46,998
   2011       60    $54,613         $ 8,658          $ 8,658         $54,613
   2012       61    $62,760         $ 9,302          $ 9,302         $62,760
   2013       62    $71,473         $ 9,904          $ 9,904         $71,473
April 2013    63    $72,983(3)      $10,000          $10,000         $72,983

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the beginning of each month during retirement, beginning May 1, 2013.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

(3) Projected retirement occurs April 30, 2013, with the first the first normal monthly retirement benefit commencing May 2013. The accrual balance at the end of April 2013 will be $72,983.

12

EXHIBIT 10.12

CORTLAND BANCORP.
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

THIS SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 23rd day of February, 2001, by and between Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and ________________ (the "Director"). This Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

To encourage the Director to remain a director of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director's life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Salary Continuation Agreement of even date herewith. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Insurer" means Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company.

1.2 "Policy" means insurance policy no. ________ issued by the Insurer.

1.3 "Insured" means the Director.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director's interest has been paid pursuant to Article 2.2 below.

2.2 Director's Interest. The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $100,000. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted.

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director's transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy's interpolated terminal reserve value. Such right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 60 days from the date the Company gives written notice of the Company's intention to sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director's interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company's creditors.


ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Imputed Income. The Company shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to the current term rate for the Director's age multiplied by the net death benefit payable to the Director's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director's interest in the Policy, then all of the Director's interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Director's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have its claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. The petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes it is entitled to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present its position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of the Company's decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant, and the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.


ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Split Dollar Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2 No Guarantee of Service. This Split Dollar Agreement is not a service policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a director of the Company, nor does it interfere with the right of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. This Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate service at any time.

8.3 Applicable Law. The Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4 Entire Agreement. This Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire split dollar agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.5 Administration. The Company shall have the powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement;

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.

8.6 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Split Dollar Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.7 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.

8.8 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement.


8.9 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors Cortland Bancorp.

194 W. Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Director, to: ________________

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DIRECTOR:                               COMPANY:

                                        CORTLAND BANCORP.


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
TO THE
CORTLAND BANCORP. SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

Policy No. __________________________ Insured: _______________________________

Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to _______________ ("Insurer") on January 8, 2001 (the application date), the applicant requests and directs that:

BENEFICIARIES

1. Cortland Bancorp., a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company"), shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured's interest has been paid pursuant to paragraph (2) below.

2. The Insured or the Insured's transferee shall designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $100,000.

OWNERSHIP

3. The Owner of the Policy shall be the Company. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured's transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.

4. The Insured or the Insured's transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.

MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY

Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in paragraph (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (1) above.

OWNER'S AUTHORITY

The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner's claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner's statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement, and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefor to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest, and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge the Company accordingly.

Any transferee's rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.

The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT


TO THE
CORTLAND BANCORP. SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at ___________________, Ohio, this _______ day of ___________, 2001.

CORTLAND BANCORP.

By:
Its:

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing and, subject to the rights of the Owner as stated above, designates ____________________________________, (relationship: ____________________) as primary beneficiary(s) and _____________ (relationship: ____________________________) as secondary beneficiary of the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.

Signed at ___________________, Ohio, this _____ day of _____________, 2001.

THE INSURED


CORTLAND BANCORP

2

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

This SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Split Dollar Agreement") is made and entered into as of ________________________, 2005, by and between Cortland Bancorp, a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and Jerry A. Carleton (the "Director"). This Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

To encourage the Director to remain a director of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director's life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Director Retirement Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and the Director. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Insured" means the Director.

1.2 "Insurer" means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Split Dollar Agreement.

1.3 "Policy" means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director's interest has been paid pursuant to Article 2.2 below.

2.2 Director's Interest. The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $100,000. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted.

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director's transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy's interpolated terminal reserve value. Such right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 60 days from the date the Company gives written notice of the Company's intention to

3

sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the life insurance premium factor for the Director's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director's Beneficiary. The life insurance premium factor is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Internal Revenue Service Regulations, section 1.61-22(d)(3)(ii), or any subsequent applicable authority. The Company shall impute the economic benefit to the Director on an annual basis by adding the economic benefit to the Director's Form W-2 or, if applicable, Form 1099.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director's interest in the Policy, then all of the Director's interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Director's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement (the "Claimant") in writing, within 90 days of Claimant's written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or

4

her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement's claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have its claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. The petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes it is entitled to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present its position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of the Company's decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant, and the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Split Dollar Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company's board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Split Dollar Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Split Dollar Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Split Dollar Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Split Dollar Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not

5

limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Split Dollar Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination. This Split Dollar Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. This Split Dollar Agreement shall terminate if the Director commits suicide within two years after the date of this Split Dollar Agreement, or if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement to the contrary, this Split Dollar Agreement also shall terminate if the Director's Termination of Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection. For this purpose, "Termination for Cause" means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case -

(a) because of the Director's gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or

(b) because of the Director's commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) because of the Director's fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or

6

(d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company's or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or
(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].

8.2 Binding Effect. This Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Service. This Split Dollar Agreement is not a service policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a director of the Company, nor does it interfere with the right of the Company's shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. This Split Dollar Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director nor interfere with the Director's right to terminate service at any time.

8.4 Applicable Law. The Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.5 Entire Agreement. This Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.6 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.7 Headings. Caption headings are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement.

8.8 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company's records, or to

7

such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Split Dollar Agreement as of the date first written above.

DIRECTOR                                CORTLAND BANCORP


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Jerry A. Carleton                       Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

8

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Jerry Carleton
Insurer: Midland National Life Insurance Company Policy No. 688313

Pursuant to the terms of the Cortland Bancorp Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of ______________________________, 2005, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ___________________, Ohio, this _______ day of ___________, 2005.

9

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        Cortland Bancorp


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Jerry A. Carleton                       Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

10

EXHIBIT 10.13

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING COMPANY
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

(composite: Article 6 as amended by letter agreement dated August 15, 2002 and Section 2.4 as amended by Second Amendment dated as of September 29, 2005)

THIS SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 23rd day of February, 2001, by and between The Cortland Savings & Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Company") and Rodger W. Platt (the "Executive"). This Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Salary Continuation Agreement of even date herewith. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Insurer" means Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company.

1.2 "Policy" means insurance policy no. 85998035 issued by the Insurer.

1.3 "Insured" means the Executive.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Executive's interest has been paid pursuant to Article 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Post-Retirement Death Benefit Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in an amount equal to 1 times the Executive's base annual salary at the time the Executive's employment with the Company terminates by reason of retirement. Base annual salary shall be defined by reference to compensation of the type (exclusive of board fees) that would be required to be reported by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 228.402(b) (17 C.F.R. Section 228.402(b)), specifically, column
(c) of that rule's Summary Compensation Table (or any successor provision). For purposes of this Split Dollar Agreement, base annual salary will be the highest base annual salary amount achieved by the Executive during the Executive's last ten (10) years of employment with the Company prior to retirement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted.

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy's interpolated terminal reserve value. Such right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 60 days from the date the Company gives written notice of the Company's intention to sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement.

2.4 Company-Paid Death Benefit if the Company Cancels the Policy. If the Policy is cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, in any such case without replacement, provided that when the


Executive's employment with the Company terminates the Executive is entitled to benefits under the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement in effect at the time of employment termination, or if employment termination occurs because of the Executive's death, then the Executive's beneficiary designated in accordance with the Endorsement shall be entitled to death proceeds payable by the Bank in an amount in cash equal to the sum of (1) the amount specified in Section 2.2, measured at the time the Policy is cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, plus (2) a tax gross-up payment to compensate for federal and state income taxes imposed on the benefit specified in clause (1) of this Section 2.4. The tax gross-up payment required under this clause (2) of Section 2.4 shall be calculated in two steps, first by dividing the total death benefit specified in clause (1) of this Section 2.4 by one minus the sum of (x) the highest marginal individual federal income tax rate under the Internal Revenue Code at the time of the Executive's death (offset or reduced to account for the deductibility at the federal level of state income taxes), plus
(y) the highest marginal individual state income tax rate under Ohio law at the time of the Executive's death. Second, the death benefit specified in clause (1) of this Section 2.4 shall then be subtracted from the amount calculated in that first step. The difference shall be the additional tax gross-up payment to be made to compensate for taxes, regardless of whether it exceeds or is less than taxes imposed on the Executive's estate for "income in respect of a decedent." To illustrate with a simple hypothetical based on an assumed death benefit amount of $100,000 paid directly by the Bank under clause (1) of this Section 2.4, the additional tax gross-up payment would be calculated as follows if the highest marginal individual income tax rates are 35% (federal) and 7.5% (Ohio), taking into account the deductibility at the federal level of state income taxes:

First Step:    $100,000 / divided by (1 - ((35% + 7.5%) - (35% x 7.5%))
             = $100,000 / divided by (1 minus 39.875%)
             = $100,000 / divided by 60.125%, or .60125
             = $166,320

Second Step:   $166,320 minus $100,000
             = $ 66,320, the amount of the additional tax gross-up payment

                               ARTICLE 3
                               PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Imputed Income. The Company shall impute income to the Executive in an amount equal to the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the net death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement.


ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

[Article 6 amended by Amendment No. 1 letter agreement dated August 15, 2002]

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA [Employees Retirement Income Security Act] Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional


60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Split Dollar Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3 Applicable Law. This Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4 Entire Agreement. This Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire split dollar agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.5 Administration. The Company shall have the powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement;

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.


8.6 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Split Dollar Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

8.7 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent consistent with the law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.

8.8 Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement.

8.9 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Company, to: Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to: Rodger W. Platt 360 Cherry Hill Cortland, Ohio 44410

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


/s/ Rodger W. Platt                     By: /s/ Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Rodger W. Platt                             Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
                                            Senior Vice President, Controller,
                                            Secretary-Treasurer and Chief
                                            Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 10.14

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

THIS ENDORSEMENT SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT is entered into as of this ______ day of ____________, 2005, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered bank (the "Bank") and Rodger W. Platt (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into a Split Dollar Agreement dated as of February 23, 2001, as amended by letter amendment dated of as of August 15, 2002, which agreement grants to the Executive the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds from a policy on the Executive's life,

WHEREAS, the amount of death proceeds for which the Executive has the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds under the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement is equal to one times the Executive's base salary when the Executive's employment with the Bank terminates,

WHEREAS, the parties intend that the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement, as the same may have been or may hereafter be amended, shall remain in full force and effect, unaffected in any way by this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive also entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and an associated Amended Split Dollar Agreement, each dated as of August 15, 2002,

WHEREAS, the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement provides for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and the associated August 15, 2002 Amended Split Dollar Agreement provides instead for a death benefit of $523,203 under an insurance policy on the Executive's life if the Executive dies in active service to the Bank,

WHEREAS, the August 15, 2002 Amended Split Dollar Agreement associated with the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement has terminated because the agreement provides that it shall terminate on the Executive's 70th birthday, which occurred in September 2005, and the Executive therefore no longer has any right to designate the beneficiary of $523,203 of the insurance policy death benefits under the August 15, 2002 Amended Split Dollar Agreement,

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and

WHEREAS, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life.


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning given in the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement. The following terms shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Executive's Interest means the benefit set forth in Section 2.2(a).

1.3 Insured means the Executive.

1.4 Insurer means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.5 Net Death Proceeds means the total death proceeds of the Policy minus the cash surrender value.

1.6 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurers.

1.7 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Executive's interest has been paid under Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Death Benefit. (a) Executive's Interest If the Policy Is Not Cancelled. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of the Executive's Interest. Provided the Policy is not cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, if at the time of Termination of Employment the Executive is entitled to benefits under the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement in effect when Termination of Employment occurs, or if Termination of Employment occurs because of the Executive's death, then the Executive's beneficiary designated in accordance with the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement shall be entitled to the Net Death Proceeds less the amount of death proceeds for which the Executive has the right to designate the beneficiary under the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement. The amount to which the Executive's beneficiary is entitled is referred to in this Endorsement Split


Dollar Agreement as the "Executive's Interest." Whether under this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement or the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement, in no case shall the Executive have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of an amount of death proceeds in the aggregate exceeding the Net Death Benefit. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted for the Executive's Interest.

(b) If the Policy Is Cancelled. If the Policy is cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, in any such case without replacement, provided that at the time of Termination of Employment the Executive is entitled to benefits under the August 15, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement in effect at the time of Termination of Employment, or if Termination of Employment occurs because of the Executive's death, then the Executive's beneficiary designated in accordance with the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement shall be entitled to death proceeds payable by the Bank in an amount in cash equal to the sum of (1) the amount specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.2, measured at the time the Policy is cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, plus (2) a tax gross-up payment to compensate for federal and state income taxes imposed on the benefit specified in clause (1) of this Section
2.2(b). The tax gross-up payment required under this clause (2) of Section 2.2(b) shall be calculated in two steps, first by dividing the total death benefit specified in clause (1) of this Section 2.2(b) by one minus the sum of
(x) the highest marginal individual federal income tax rate under the Internal Revenue Code at the time of the Executive's death (offset or reduced to account for the deductibility at the federal level of state income taxes), plus (y) the highest marginal individual state income tax rate under Ohio law at the time of the Executive's death. Second, the death benefit specified in clause (1) of this
Section 2.2(b) shall then be subtracted from the amount calculated in that first step. The difference shall be the additional tax gross-up payment to be made to compensate for taxes, regardless of whether it exceeds or is less than taxes imposed on the Executive's estate for "income in respect of a decedent." To illustrate with a simple hypothetical based on an assumed death benefit amount of $100,000 paid directly by the Bank under clause (1) of this Section 2.2(b), the additional tax gross-up payment would be calculated as follows if the highest marginal individual income tax rates are 35% (federal) and 7.5% (Ohio), taking into account the deductibility at the federal level of state income taxes:

First Step: $100,000/divided by (1-((35% + 7.5%) - (35% X 7.5%)) = $100,000/divided by (1 minus 39.875%) = $100,000/divided by 60.125%, or .60125 = $166,320

Second Step: $166,320 minus $ 100,000 = $66,320, the amount of the additional tax gross-up payment

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Bank shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy's interpolated terminal reserve value. Such right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 60 days from the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank's


intention to sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Bank shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the life insurance premium factor for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's Beneficiary. The life insurance premium factor is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Internal Revenue Service Regulations, section 1.61-22(d)(3)(ii), or any subsequent applicable authority. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis by adding the economic benefit to the Executive's Form W-2 or, if applicable, Form 1099.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances


require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, before the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) section 502(a) after an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial the claimant must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. Upon request and free of charge, the Bank shall also provide the claimant reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim,


without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, before the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the board or such committee as the board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to
(a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Bank.


7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Bank will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement if no such succession had taken place.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof.


However, nothing in this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement affects in any way the February 23, 2001 Split Dollar Agreement, as the same may have been or may hereafter be amended, which agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unaffected in any way by this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7 Severability. If any provision of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.8 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement.

8.9 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Bank at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Bank if addressed to the Board of Directors, The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, 194 West Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Executive have executed this Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Roger W. Platt                              Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
                                        Its: Senior Vice President, Controller,
                                             Chief Financial Officer, and
                                             Secretary-Treasurer


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY

Insured: Rodger W. Platt Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998035

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement dated as of _______________, 2005, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of the Owner's interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds the Owner is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive right to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph which are available under the terms of the policy and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise said rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at _____________________, Ohio, this ______ day of __________, 2005.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Rodger W. Platt                             Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
                                        Its: Senior Vice President, Controller,
                                             Chief Financial Officer, and
                                             Secretary-Treasurer


EXHIBIT 10.15

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of this __________ day of ______________, 2005, by and between Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation (the "Corporation"), and ___________________, a director, officer, employee, agent, or representative (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation (the "Indemnitee").

RECITALS:

A. The Corporation and the Indemnitee are each aware of the exposure to litigation officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives of the Corporation have as they exercise their duties to the Corporation,

B. The Corporation and the Indemnitee are also aware of conditions in the insurance industry that have affected and may continue to affect the Corporation's ability to obtain appropriate liability insurance on an economically acceptable basis,

C. The Corporation desires to continue to benefit from the services of highly qualified, experienced, and otherwise competent persons such as the Indemnitee, and

D. The Indemnitee desires to serve or to continue to serve the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent or as a director, officer, employee, agent, or trustee of another corporation, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise in which the Corporation has a direct or indirect ownership interest, for so long as the Corporation continues to provide, on an acceptable basis, adequate and reliable indemnification against liabilities and expenses that may be incurred by the Indemnitee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. INDEMNIFICATION. Subject to the exclusions contained in Section 9 of this Agreement, the Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to his activities as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or as a person who is serving or has served at the request of the Corporation ("representative") as a director, officer, employee, agent, or trustee of another corporation, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, domestic or foreign, in which the Corporation has a direct or indirect ownership interest (an "affiliated entity") against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' and experts' fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid or payable in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him ("Expenses") in connection with any claim against Indemnitee that is the subject of any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or other type of proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or otherwise and whether formal or informal (a "Proceeding"), to which Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made a party by reason of facts that include Indemnitee's being or having been such a director, officer, employee, agent, or representative, to the extent of the highest and most advantageous to the Indemnitee, as determined by the Indemnitee, of one or any combination of the following -

(a) The benefits provided by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation ("Articles") or Regulations, or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Regulations of an affiliated entity of which the Indemnitee serves as a representative, in each case as in effect on the date hereof,

(b) The benefits provided by the Corporation's Articles or Regulations, or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or Regulations of an affiliated entity of which the Indemnitee serves as a representative, in each case as in effect at the time Expenses are incurred by the Indemnitee,

(c) The benefits allowable under Ohio law in effect at the date hereof or as amended to increase the scope of indemnification,

(d) The benefits allowable under the law of the jurisdiction under which the Corporation exists at the time Expenses are incurred by the Indemnitee,

(e) The benefits available under any liability insurance obtained by the Corporation in effect when a claim is made against Indemnitee,


(f) The benefits available under any liability insurance obtained by the Corporation in effect at the time Expenses are incurred by the Indemnitee, and

(g) Such other benefits as are or may be otherwise available to Indemnitee.

A combination of two or more of the benefits provided by (a) through (g) shall be available to the extent that the Applicable Document (as hereafter defined) does not require that the benefits provided therein be exclusive of other benefits. The document or law providing for the benefits listed in items
(a) through (g) above is called the "Applicable Document" in this Agreement. The Corporation hereby undertakes to use its best efforts to assist Indemnitee in all proper and legal ways to obtain the benefits selected by Indemnitee under item (a) through (g) above.

For purposes of this Agreement, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans for employees of the Corporation or of any affiliated entity, without regard to ownership of such plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on the Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on or involves services by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; references to the masculine shall include the feminine; references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, he shall be deemed to have acted in a manner consistent with the standards required for indemnification by the Corporation under the Applicable Documents.

2. INSURANCE. The Corporation shall maintain liability insurance for so long as Indemnitee's services are covered hereunder, provided and to the extent that such insurance is available on a basis acceptable to the Corporation. However, the Corporation agrees that the provisions hereof shall remain in effect regardless of whether liability or other insurance coverage is at any time obtained or retained by the Corporation. But payments made to Indemnitee under an insurance policy obtained or retained by the Corporation shall reduce the obligation of the Corporation to make payments hereunder by the amount of the payments made under any such insurance policy.

3. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. At Indemnitee's request, after receipt of written notice under Section 5 hereof and an undertaking in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amounts so paid on Indemnitee's behalf if it shall ultimately be determined under the Applicable Document that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such Expenses, the Corporation shall pay the Expenses as and when incurred by Indemnitee. That portion of Expenses representing attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in defending any proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation within 30 days after the Corporation receives the request and reasonable documentation evidencing the amount and nature of the Expenses, subject to its also having received such a notice and undertaking.

4. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. The indemnification provided in this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other indemnification or right to which Indemnitee may be entitled and shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to occupy a position as an officer, director, employee, agent, or representative as described in
Section 1 above with respect to Proceedings relating to or arising out of Indemnitee's acts or omissions during his service in such position. The benefits provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement for the Indemnitee's service as a representative of an affiliated entity shall be payable if and only if and only to the extent that reimbursement to Indemnitee by the affiliated entity with which Indemnitee has served as a representative, whether pursuant to agreement, applicable law, articles of incorporation or association, bylaws or regulations of the entity, or insurance maintained by such affiliated entity, is insufficient to compensate Indemnitee for Expenses actually incurred and otherwise payable by the Corporation under this Agreement. Any payments in fact made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee directly or indirectly by the affiliated entity with which Indemnitee served as a representative shall reduce the obligation of the Corporation hereunder.

5. NOTICE TO CORPORATION. Indemnitee shall provide to the Corporation prompt written notice of any Proceeding brought, threatened, asserted, or commenced against Indemnitee with respect to which Indemnitee may assert a right to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that failure to provide such notice shall not in any way limit Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.


6. COOPERATION IN DEFENSE AND SETTLEMENT. Indemnitee shall not make any admission or effect any settlement without the Corporation's written consent unless Indemnitee shall have determined to undertake his own defense in such matter and has waived the benefits of this Agreement. The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party in a manner that would impose any Expense on Indemnitee without his written consent. Neither Indemnitee nor the Corporation will unreasonably withhold consent to the proposed settlement. Indemnitee and the Corporation shall cooperate to the extent reasonably possible with each other and with the Corporation's insurers in attempts to defend or settle such Proceeding.

7. ASSUMPTION OF DEFENSE. Except as otherwise provided below, the Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified may assume Indemnitee's defense in any Proceeding, with counsel mutually satisfactory to Indemnitee and the Corporation. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of the Corporation's election to assume such defense, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at Indemnitee's expense unless:

(a) The employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation,

(b) Counsel employed by the Corporation initially is unacceptable or later becomes unacceptable to Indemnitee and such unacceptability is reasonable under then existing circumstances,

(c) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Corporation (or another party being represented jointly with the Corporation) in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, or

(d) The Corporation shall not have employed counsel promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding,

in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation and subject to payment pursuant to this Agreement. The Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of Indemnitee in any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to which Indemnitee shall have made either of the conclusions provided for in clauses (b) or (c) above.

8. ENFORCEMENT. If a dispute or controversy arises under this Agreement between Indemnitee and the Corporation with respect to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for any Proceeding or for Expenses incurred, then for each such dispute or controversy the Indemnitee may seek to enforce the Agreement through legal action or, at Indemnitee's sole option and written request, through arbitration. If the Indemnitee requests arbitration, the dispute or controversy shall be submitted by the parties to binding arbitration in Trumbull County, Ohio before a single arbitrator agreeable to both parties; provided, however, that indemnification for any claim, issue, or matter in a Proceeding brought against Indemnitee by or in the right of the Corporation and as to which Indemnitee is adjudged liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation shall be submitted to arbitration only to the extent permitted under the Applicable Document and applicable law then in effect. If the parties cannot agree on a designated arbitrator within 15 days after arbitration is requested in writing by the Indemnitee, the arbitration shall proceed in Trumbull County, Ohio before an arbitrator appointed by the American Arbitration Association. In either case, the arbitration proceeding shall commence promptly under the rules then in effect of that Association. And the arbitrator agreed to by the parties or appointed by that Association shall be an attorney other than an attorney who has been or is associated with a firm having associated with it an attorney who has been retained by or performed services for the Corporation or Indemnitee at any time during the five years preceding commencement of arbitration. The award shall be rendered in such form that judgment may be entered thereon in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The prevailing party shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with such legal action or arbitration; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Corporation unless the arbitrator or court resolving the dispute determines that Indemnitee acted in bad faith in bringing the action or arbitration.


9. EXCLUSIONS. Notwithstanding the scope of indemnification available to Indemnitees from time to time under any Applicable Document, no indemnification, reimbursement or payment shall be required of the Corporation hereunder with respect to -

(a) Any claim or any part thereof as to which Indemnitee shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, from which no appeal is or can be taken, by clear and convincing evidence, to have acted with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation or with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Corporation,

(b) Any claim or any part thereof arising out of acts or omissions for which applicable law prohibits elimination of liability,

(c) Any claim or any part thereof arising under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to which Indemnitee shall be obligated to pay any penalty, fine, settlement or judgment,

(d) Any obligation of Indemnitee based upon or attributable to the Indemnitee gaining in fact any improper personal benefit, gain, profit, or advantage, or

(e) Any proceeding initiated by Indemnitee without the consent or authorization of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to any claims brought by Indemnitee (1) to enforce his rights under this Agreement or (2) in any Proceeding initiated by another person or entity whether or not such claims were brought by Indemnitee against a person or entity who was otherwise a party to such proceeding.

Nothing in this Section 9 shall eliminate or diminish the Corporation's obligations to advance that portion of Indemnitee's Expenses representing attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in defending any proceeding pursuant to
Section 3 of this Agreement.

Furthermore, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement requires indemnification, reimbursement or payment by the Corporation, and the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to demand indemnification, reimbursement or payment under this Agreement, if and to the extent indemnification, reimbursement, or payment constitutes a "prohibited indemnification payment" within the meaning of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(l)(1) [12 CFR 359.1(l)(1)].

10. EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS. The Corporation covenants and agrees that in the event of any merger, consolidation, or reorganization in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or any liquidation of the Corporation (each such event is hereinafter referred to as an "extraordinary transaction"), the Corporation shall -

(a) Have the obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement expressly assumed by the survivor, purchaser, or successor, as the case may be, in such extraordinary transaction, or

(b) Otherwise adequately provide for the satisfaction of the Corporation's obligations under this Agreement, in a manner acceptable to Indemnitee.

11. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY. Indemnitee agrees that neither the directors nor any officer, employee, representative, or agent of the Corporation shall be personally liable for the satisfaction of the Corporation's obligations under this Agreement, and Indemnitee shall look solely to the assets of the Corporation for satisfaction of any claims hereunder.

12. SEVERABILITY. If any provision, phrase, or other portion of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and such determination becomes final, such provision, phrase, or other portion shall be deemed to be severed or limited, but only to the extent required to render the remaining provisions and portions of the Agreement enforceable, and the Agreement as thus amended shall be enforced to give effect to the intention of the parties insofar as that is possible.


13. SUBROGATION. If any payments are made under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent thereof to all rights to indemnification or reimbursement against any insurer or other entity or person vested in the Indemnitee, who shall execute all instruments and take all other actions as shall be reasonably necessary for the Corporation to enforce such rights.

14. GOVERNING LAW. The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.

15. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Corporation, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Corporation shall have designated to the Indemnitee in writing. If to the Indemnitee, notice shall be given to the Indemnitee at the address of the Indemnitee appearing on the Corporation's records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Indemnitee shall have designated to the Corporation in writing.

16. TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice delivered to the other party, but such termination shall not diminish the obligations of the Corporation hereunder with respect to Indemnitee's activities before the effective date of termination.

17. AMENDMENTS AND BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement and the rights and duties of Indemnitee and the Corporation hereunder may not be amended, modified, or terminated except by written instrument signed and delivered by the parties hereto. This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

CORTLAND BANCORP

By:

Its:

INDEMNITEE


EXHIBIT 1

FORM OF UNDERTAKING

THIS UNDERTAKING has been entered into by _______________ ("Indemnitee") pursuant to an Indemnification Agreement dated as of _______________________, 2005 (the "Indemnification Agreement"), by and between Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation (the "Corporation"), and Indemnitee.

RECITALS:

A. Under the Indemnification Agreement, the Corporation has agreed to pay Expenses (within the meaning of the Indemnification Agreement) as and when incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim against Indemnitee that is the subject of any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, or investigative, to which Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made a party by reason of facts that include Indemnitee's being or having been a director, officer, or representative (within the meaning of the Indemnification Agreement) of the Corporation,

B. Such a claim has arisen against Indemnitee and Indemnitee has notified the Corporation thereof in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Indemnification Agreement (hereinafter the "Proceeding"), and

C. Indemnitee believes that Indemnitee should prevail in the Proceeding, and it is in the interest of both Indemnitee and the Corporation to defend against the claims against Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, Indemnitee hereby agrees that in consideration of the Corporation's advance payment of Indemnitee's Expenses incurred before final disposition of the Proceeding, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to reimburse the Corporation for any and all expenses paid by the Corporation on behalf of Indemnitee before final disposition of the Proceeding if the Indemnitee is determined under the Applicable Document (within the meaning of the Indemnification Agreement) to be required to repay such amounts to the Corporation under the Indemnification Agreement and applicable law, provided that if Indemnitee is entitled under the Applicable Document to indemnification for some or a portion of such Expenses, Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Corporation shall only be for those Expenses for which Indemnitee is determined to be required to repay such amounts to the Corporation. Such reimbursement or arrangements for reimbursement by Indemnitee shall be consummated within 90 days after a determination that Indemnitee is required to repay such amounts to the Corporation under the Indemnification Agreement and applicable law.

Further, the Indemnitee agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Corporation concerning such proceeding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this ______day of ______, 20_.


Indemnitee

EXHIBIT 10.16

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this ________ day of _________________ , 2002, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Rodger W. Platt (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into a Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, regulations promulgated under ERISA (the Employees Retirement Income Security Act) that became effective on January 1, 2002 govern the regulation of claims procedures contained in the Executive's form of Salary Continuation Agreement,

WHEREAS, Clark/Bardes Consulting, a benefits consulting firm involved in the design and administration of the Executive's Salary Continuation Agreement, is recommending to its clients that the definition of disability should not create unwanted burdens under the revised ERISA regulations effective January 1, 2002,

WHEREAS, the revised disability definition in this Agreement, as well as the revised Claims and Review Procedure in Article 6 in this document, were drafted by ERISA counsel retained by Clark/Bardes Consulting, and

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the March 1, 2001 Salary Continuation Agreement, including but not limited to revision of the definition of "disability" and updating of the claims and review provisions of Article 6.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified --

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the amount reflected in Schedule A, which is the amount required to be accrued by the Bank according to generally accepted accounting principles to account for benefits that may become payable to the Executive under this Agreement.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the


beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Acquisition of Control under Federal Banking Law. a person acquires the power to direct Cortland Bancorp's management or policies, if Cortland Bancorp's board of directors determines that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of Cortland Bancorp for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(d) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the stockholders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(e) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 70th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.


1.12 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons --

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.13 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $60,000. In its sole discretion, the Bank's board of directors may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1, but any increase shall require recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Early Termination annual benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan


Year 1). If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Disability annual benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change-in-Control benefit set forth in Schedule A. If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Change-in-Control lump sum benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive, his beneficiaries, or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive, his beneficiaries, or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive, his estate, or beneficiaries under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or
Section 2.3.2 after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.


3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from the Executive's Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2 after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS


5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. If the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Insolvency. If the Superintendent of Financial Institutions appoints the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for the Bank pursuant to Ohio Revised Code section 1125.20, all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of the Bank's declared insolvency, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows --

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth --

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed, 6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and


6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employees Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows --

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth --

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Amendment and Termination. This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive.

7.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

7.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.


7.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

7.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

7.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

7.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

7.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

7.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

7.10 Administration. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to --

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement,

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement,

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments, and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

7.11 Named Fiduciary. The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

7.12 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

7.13 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.


7.14 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to -- Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to -- Rodger W. Platt 360 Cherry Hill Cortland, Ohio 44410

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

7.15 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, then current management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it should appear to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) in the event that the Bank or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the expense of the Bank as provided in this Section 7.15, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. Notwithstanding any existing or previous attorney-client relationship between the Bank or Cortland Bancorp and any counsel chosen by the Executive under this Section 7.15, the Bank irrevocably consents to the Executive's entering into an attorney-client relationship with that counsel, and the Bank and the Executive agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between the Executive and that counsel.

7.16 Cost of Living Adjustment for Section 7.15 Payment of Legal Fees. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the $500,000 cap on legal fee reimbursement provided by Section 7.15 will be subject to a cost of living adjustment equal to the value of the expression A x B, in which expression --

A = $500,000; and

B = Cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. This is computed by dividing the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers ("CPI-U") prepared by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or any successor thereto, for the January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs by the CPI-U for January 2000.


The cost of living adjustment provided in this Section 7.16 shall be considered to be part of the Executive's payment of legal fees for purposes of this Agreement.

To explain the cost of living adjustment calculation for Payment of Legal Fees, we use the following example.

First, we determine the appropriate CPI-Us. The Agreement calls for the use of the CPI-Us for January 2000 and the January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs. Assume a Change in Control occurs in April 2009. For illustrative purposes only, the CPI-U for January 2000 is 156.7, and the CPI-U for January 2009 is 213.3.

Second, we calculate the cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. To do this, we divide the CPI-U for January 2009 (213.3) by the CPI-U for January 2000 (156.7). Our result is 1.361 (i.e., a 36.1 percent increase).

Finally, we calculate the raw cost of living adjustment. To do this, we multiply the base Payment of Legal Fees amount by the inflation factor. In our example, $500,000 multiplied by the inflation factor of 1.361 equals $680,500.

7.17 Modified 280G Gross Up. (a) Additional Payment to Account for Excise Taxes. If as a result of a Change in Control the Executive becomes entitled to acceleration of benefits under this Agreement or otherwise (collectively, the "Total Benefits"), and if any part of the Total Benefits is subject to the excise tax under section 280G and section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the "Excise Tax"), Cortland Bancorp shall pay to the Executive the following additional amounts, consisting of (1) a payment equal to the Excise Tax payable by the Executive under section 4999 on the Total Benefits (the "Excise Tax Payment") and (2) the "Gross-Up Payment" (collectively, the "Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount"). The Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount shall be calculated by first determining the full gross-up amount needed to provide the Excise Tax Payment net of all income, payroll, and excise taxes. The difference between the full gross-up amount (which includes the Excise Tax Payment) and the Excise Tax Payment shall then be multiplied by 80% to determine the Gross-Up Payment. Schedule B is an illustration of how the Gross-Up Payment and the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount due the Executive are calculated. Payment of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount shall be made in addition to the amount set forth in Section 2.4.

(b) Calculating the Excise Tax. For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax and for purposes of determining the amount of the Excise Tax,

(1) Determination of "Parachute Payments" Subject to the Excise Tax: any other payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the Executive's Termination of Employment (whether under the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement, or other plan or arrangement with Cortland Bancorp, the Bank, any person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any person affiliated with Cortland Bancorp, the Bank, or such person) shall be treated as "parachute payments" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, and all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless in the opinion of the certified public accounting firm that is retained by Cortland Bancorp as of the date immediately before the Change in Control (the "Accounting Firm") such other payments or benefits do not constitute (in whole or in part) parachute payments, or such excess parachute payments represent (in whole or in part) reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of section 280G(b)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code in excess (as defined in section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code), or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax,

(2) Calculation of Benefits Subject to Excise Tax: the amount of the Total Benefits that shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (a) the total amount


of the Total Benefits reduced by the amount of such Total Benefits that in the opinion of the Accounting Firm are not parachute payments, or (b) the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) (after applying clause (1) above), and

(3) Value of Noncash Benefits and Deferred Payments: the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accounting Firm in accordance with the principles of sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(c) Assumed Marginal Income Tax Rate. For purposes of determining the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar years in which the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Executive's residence on the date of Termination of Employment, net of the reduction in federal income taxes that can be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes (calculated by assuming that any reduction under section 68 of the Internal Revenue Code in the amount of itemized deductions allowable to the Executive applies first to reduce the amount of such state and local income taxes that would otherwise be deductible by the Executive, and applicable federal FICA and Medicare withholding taxes).

(d) Return of Reduced Excise Tax Payment or Payment of Additional Excise Tax. If the Excise Tax is later determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder when the Executive's employment terminated, the Executive shall repay to Cortland Bancorp -- when the amount of the reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined -- the portion of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount attributable to the reduction (plus that portion of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount attributable to the Excise Tax, federal, state, and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholding taxes imposed on the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount being repaid by the Executive to the extent that the repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax, FICA, and Medicare withholding taxes and/or a federal, state, or local income tax deduction).

If the Excise Tax is later determined to be more than the amount taken into account hereunder when the Executive's employment terminated (due, for example, to a payment whose existence or amount cannot be determined at the time of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount), Cortland Bancorp shall make an additional Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount to the Executive for that excess (plus any interest, penalties, or additions payable by the Executive for the excess) when the amount of the excess is finally determined.

7.18 (a) Accounting Firm Gross-Up Determination. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.17, all determinations required to be made under this Section 7.18 -- including whether and when an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount is required, the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount and the assumptions to be used to arrive at the determination (collectively, the "Determination") -- shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Cortland Bancorp and the Executive within 15 business days after receipt of notice from Cortland Bancorp or the Executive that there has been an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount, or such earlier time as is requested by Cortland Bancorp.

(b) Fees and Expenses of the Accounting Firm and Agreement with the Accounting Firm. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by Cortland Bancorp or the Bank. Cortland Bancorp and the Bank shall enter into any agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection with the performance of its services hereunder.

(c) Accounting Firm's Opinion. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, the Accounting Firm shall furnish the Executive with a written opinion to that effect, and to the effect that failure to report Excise Tax, if any, on the Executive's applicable federal income tax return will not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty.


(d) Accounting Firm's Determination Is Binding. The Determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding on Cortland Bancorp, the Bank, and the Executive.

(e) Underpayment and Overpayment. Because of the uncertainty in determining whether any of the Total Benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax at the time of the Determination, it is possible that an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount that should have been made will not have been made by Cortland Bancorp ("Underpayment"), or that an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount will be made that should not have been made by Cortland Bancorp ("Overpayment"), consistent with the calculations for the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount required to be made hereunder.

If, after a Determination by the Accounting Firm, the Executive is required to make a payment of additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred. The Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in section 1274(d)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) shall be paid promptly by Cortland Bancorp to or for the benefit of the Executive.

If the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse the Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made. The Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in section 1274(d)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) shall be paid promptly by the Executive to or for the benefit of Cortland Bancorp. Provided that his expenses are reimbursed by Cortland Bancorp or the Bank, the Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable requests by Cortland Bancorp in any contests or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the Excise Tax.

(f) Accounting Firm Conflict of Interest. If the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control, the Executive may appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the Determinations required hereunder (in which case the term "Accounting Firm" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the accounting firm appointed by the Executive under this paragraph).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Rodger W. Platt


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
                                        Title: Senior Vice President,
                                               Controller,
                                               Chief Financial Officer, and
                                               Secretary-Treasurer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

RODGER W. PLATT

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Rodger W. Platt

Date: ___________ , 2002

Accepted by the Bank this _______ day of _____________, 2002.

By:
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
Title: Senior Vice President,
Controller,
Chief Financial Officer, and
Secretary-Treasurer

SCHEDULE A

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

RODGER W. PLATT

                                  EARLY
                               TERMINATION                   CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
                                  ANNUAL       DISABILITY        LUMP SUM
                     VESTED      BENEFIT         ANNUAL           BENEFIT
 PLAN     ACCRUAL    ACCRUAL   PAYABLE AT       BENEFIT           PAYABLE
 YEAR     BALANCE    BALANCE        70       PAYABLE AT 70    IMMEDIATELY (1)
------   --------   --------   -----------   -------------   ----------------
   1     $ 88,652   $ 88,652     $13,986        $13,986          $900,000
   2     $184,661   $184,661     $26,899        $26,899          $900,000
   3     $288,640   $288,640     $38,823        $38,823          $900,000
   4     $401,248   $401,248     $49,834        $49,834          $900,000
   5     $523,203   $523,203     $60,000        $60,000          $900,000
   6                                                             $900,000
   7                                                             $900,000
   8                                                             $900,000
   9                                                             $900,000
  10
  11
  12
  13
  14
  15

(1) This assumes the Executive remains employed by the Bank and has not availed of (i) the Normal Retirement benefit following retirement after attaining age 70, (ii) the Early Retirement benefit following retirement after attaining age 65, or (iii) the Disability benefit.

14

AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT SCHEDULE B

ILLUSTRATION OF SECTION 280G CALCULATION AND COST OF 80% SECTION 280G GROSS-UP
CORTLAND BANCORP
TRANSACTION DATE: 11/1/00

                                                                                                ADJUSTED 50%
                                                                         TOTAL PARACHUTE    GROSS-UP PAYMENT DUE
                                                    TOTAL VALUE OF     PAYMENTS WITH FULL      EXECUTIVE UNDER
                                                   CHANGE-IN-CONTROL      SECTION 280G       SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
                                                       PAYMENTS             GROSS-UP            SECTION 2(B)
                                                   -----------------   ------------------   --------------------
BASE AMOUNT ....................................       $ 83,014

TOTAL PARACHUTE PAYMENTS:
   Nonqualified benefits arising
      under SERP ...............................        411,103

   Total parachute payments, before
      gross-up .................................        411,103

Threshold amount ((3 x Base Amount - $1.00)) ...        249,041

Parachute payments in excess of threshold
   amount ......................................       $162,062

EXCISE TAX ON PARACHUTE PAYMENT:
   Total parachute payments ....................                            $411,103
   Base Amount .................................                             (83,014)

Parachute payment subject to Excise Tax ........                             328,089
Multiplied by excise tax rate ..................                                 x20%

Initial Excise Tax on parachute payment ........                              65,618

GROSS-UP FOR TAXES, IF APPLICABLE:
   Federal income tax rate .....................                             39.6000%
   Excise Tax rate .............................                             20.0000%
   Ohio state income tax rate ..................                              7.0000%
   Local income tax rate .......................                              2.0000%
   FICA rate ...................................                              1.4500%
   Phase-out of itemized deductions ............                              1.1880%
   Federal tax benefit of state and local
      income tax ...............................                             (3.5640)%

Gross-up marginal tax rate .....................                             67.6740%

100% minus gross-up marginal rate ..............                             32.3260%

Full payment to gross up for taxes .............                            $202,988

ADJUSTED GROSS-UP PAYMENT AMOUNT:
   Full 100% gross-up amount ...................                                                  $202,988
   Minus Excise Tax payment ....................                                                   (65,618)

                                                                                                   137,370
   Multiplied by 80% ...........................                                                       x80%

                                                                                                   109,896
   Plus Excise Tax payment .....................                                                    65,618

      Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount .........                                                  $175,514

15

EXHIBIT 10.17

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this ________ day of _______, 200 _____, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Timothy Carney, Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of September 4, 2002, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional


Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this


Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $67,200.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.


2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of the date hereof and attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.


ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the


claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and


6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.


8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to - Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to - Timothy Carney The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his


rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 8.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a Severance Agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


-------------------------------------   By:
Timothy Carney                              -----------------------------------
                                            Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the
                                               Board and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

TIMOTHY CARNEY

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Timothy Carney

Date: _____________, 200

Accepted by the Bank this _______ day of __________, 200 ____.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive
Officer

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

TIMOTHY CARNEY

                                            EARLY
                                         TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                    AGE                ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT
                    AT                   PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT     CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
       PLAN YEAR   PLAN     ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL            BENEFIT
PLAN     ENDING    YEAR    BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE       PAYABLE IN
YEAR    FEBRUARY    END    6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)            A LUMP SUM
----   ---------   ----   ----------   --------------   --------------   -----------------
  1       2002      36     $  3,278        $     0          $ 3,796           $ 38,861
  2       2003      37     $  6,828        $     0          $ 7,301           $ 42,086
  3       2004      38     $ 13,706        $     0          $ 8,471           $108,734
  4       2005      39     $ 22,590        $     0          $13,126           $115,655
  5       2006      40     $ 32,092        $     0          $17,433           $123,707
  6       2007      41     $ 42,255        $     0          $21,460           $132,321
  7       2008      42     $ 53,126        $     0          $25,224           $141,534
  8       2009      43     $ 64,754        $     0          $28,744           $151,389
  9       2010      44     $ 77,192        $     0          $32,034           $161,930
 10       2011      45     $ 90,496        $     0          $35,111           $173,204
 11       2012      46     $104,726        $     0          $37,987           $185,264
 12       2013      47     $119,946        $     0          $40,675           $198,164
 13       2014      48     $136,227        $     0          $43,189           $211,962
 14       2015      49     $153,641        $     0          $45,539           $226,720
 15       2016      50     $172,268        $     0          $47,737           $242,506
 16       2017      51     $192,192        $     0          $49,791           $259,391
 17       2018      52     $213,502        $     0          $51,711           $277,452
 18       2019      53     $236,297        $     0          $53,507           $296,771
 19       2020      54     $260,679        $     0          $55,185           $317,434
 20       2021      55     $286,759        $     0          $56,754           $339,536
 21       2022      56     $314,654        $     0          $58,221           $363,178
 22       2023      57     $344,492        $     0          $59,593           $388,465
 23       2024      58     $376,407        $     0          $60,875           $415,513
 24       2025      59     $410,544        $     0          $62,074           $444,444
 25       2026      60     $447,059        $     0          $63,195           $475,390
 26       2027      61     $486,115        $     0          $64,243           $508,490
 27       2028      62     $527,892        $65,223          $65,223           $543,896

11

                                            EARLY
                                         TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                    AGE                ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT
                    AT                   PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT     CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
       PLAN YEAR   PLAN     ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL            BENEFIT
PLAN     ENDING    YEAR    BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE       PAYABLE IN
YEAR    FEBRUARY    END    6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)            A LUMP SUM
----   ---------   ----   ----------   --------------   --------------   -----------------
 28       2029      63     $572,577        $66,139          $66,139           $581,766
 29       2030      64     $620,373        $66,995          $66,995           $622,273
 30     May 2030    65     $632,833        $67,200          $67,200           $632,833

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning June 30, 2030.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

12

EXHIBIT 10.18

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this ________ day of _____________________________, 200_________, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of November 6, 2002, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the November 6, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional


Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's


Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $85,700.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive


may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of the date hereof and attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new


designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.


6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.


8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached to this Agreement as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety the November 6, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to - Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to - Lawrence A. Fantauzzi The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this


Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 8.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive under a severance or employment agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
------------------------                    ------------------------------------
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi                       Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Lawrence A. Fantauzzi

Date: ________________, 200_

Accepted by the Bank this _____ day of _______________________, 200_.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the Board, and Chief Executive Officer

SCHEDULE A

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI

                                             EARLY
                                          TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                                        ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                   AGE AT                 PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
       PLAN YEAR    PLAN     ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
PLAN     ENDING     YEAR    BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
YEAR    FEBRUARY     END    6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
----   ---------   ------   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
  1       2002       54      $ 26,903       $     0          $ 7,416       $216,199
  2       2003       55      $ 56,039       $     0          $14,264       $234,144
  3       2004       56      $105,404       $     0          $19,946       $452,883
  4       2005       57      $167,084       $     0          $29,726       $481,707
  5       2006       58      $233,060       $     0          $38,764       $515,247
  6       2007       59      $303,629       $     0          $47,214       $551,123
  7       2008       60      $379,111       $     0          $55,115       $589,497
  8       2009       61      $459,850       $     0          $62,500       $630,542
  9       2010       62      $546,210       $69,405          $69,405       $674,445
 10       2011       63      $638,583       $75,861          $75,861       $721,406
 11       2012       64      $737,388       $81,896          $81,896       $771,636
 12     October      65      $807,051       $85,700          $85,700       $807,051
          2012

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning November 30, 2012.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).


Exhibit 10.19

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this ______________ day of _____________, 200_________, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and James M. Gasior, Senior Vice President and Chief of Administration and Lending of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of November 21, 2002, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the November 21, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,


(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident, or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2


LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $72,100.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.


2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of the date hereof and attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.


4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,


6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.


7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the


subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety the November 21, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to - Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to - James M. Gasior The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 8.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a Severance Agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


-------------------------------------   By:
James M. Gasior                             ------------------------------------
                                            Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

JAMES M. GASIOR

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

James M. Gasior

Date: ___________, 200_

Accepted by the Bank this ____________ day of ______________, 200_.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive
Officer

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

JAMES M. GASIOR

                                          EARLY
                                       TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                   AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
         PLAN      AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
         YEAR     PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
PLAN    ENDING    YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
YEAR   FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
----   --------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
  1      2002      42     $  5,462       $     0          $ 3,920       $ 60,751
  2      2003      43     $ 11,377       $     0          $ 7,539       $ 65,794
  3      2004      44     $ 23,045       $     0          $ 9,780       $169,882
  4      2005      45     $ 38,171       $     0          $15,231       $180,694
  5      2006      46     $ 54,351       $     0          $20,275       $193,276
  6      2007      47     $ 71,658       $     0          $24,991       $206,733
  7      2008      48     $ 90,170       $     0          $29,400       $221,128
  8      2009      49     $109,970       $     0          $33,522       $236,524
  9      2010      50     $131,149       $     0          $37,376       $252,993
 10      2011      51     $153,803       $     0          $40,979       $270,608
 11      2012      52     $178,034       $     0          $44,347       $289,450
 12      2013      53     $203,953       $     0          $47,496       $309,604
 13      2014      54     $231,676       $     0          $50,440       $331,161
 14      2015      55     $261,329       $     0          $53,193       $354,219
 15      2016      56     $293,047       $     0          $55,766       $378,883
 16      2017      57     $326,974       $     0          $58,172       $405,264
 17      2018      58     $363,262       $     0          $60,421       $433,481
 18      2019      59     $402,078       $     0          $62,523       $463,664
 19      2020      60     $443,596       $     0          $64,489       $495,948
 20      2021      61     $488,005       $     0          $66,327       $530,479
 21      2022      62     $535,506       $68,045          $68,045       $567,416
 22      2023      63     $586,314       $69,652          $69,652       $606,923
 23      2024      64     $640,660       $71,154          $71,154       $649,182
 24     October
         2024      65     $678,977       $72,100          $72,100       $678,977

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning November 30, 2024.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).


Exhibit 10.20

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this _________ day of __________________, 2002, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Marlene Lenio (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into a Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of her employment,

WHEREAS, regulations promulgated under ERISA (the Employees Retirement Income Security Act) that became effective on January 1, 2002 govern the regulation of claims procedures contained in the Executive's form of Salary Continuation Agreement,

WHEREAS, Clark/Bardes Consulting, a benefits consulting firm involved in the design and administration of the Executive's Salary Continuation Agreement, is recommending to its clients that the definition of disability should not create unwanted burdens under the revised ERISA regulations effective January 1, 2002,

WHEREAS, the revised disability definition in this Agreement, as well as the revised Claims and Review Procedure in Article 6 in this document, were drafted by ERISA counsel retained by Clark/Bardes Consulting, and

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the March 1, 2001 Salary Continuation Agreement, including but not limited to revision of the definition of "disability" and updating of the claims and review provisions of Article 6.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified --

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the amount reflected in Schedule A, which is the amount required to be accrued by the Bank according to generally accepted accounting principles to account for benefits that may become payable to the Executive under this Agreement.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the


beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Acquisition of Control under Federal Banking Law. a person acquires the power to direct Cortland Bancorp's management or policies, if Cortland Bancorp's board of directors determines that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of Cortland Bancorp for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder,

(c) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that -- for purposes of this clause (c) -- each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(d) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the stockholders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(e) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.


1.12 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons --

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.13 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $12,500. In its sole discretion, the Bank's board of directors may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1, but any increase shall require recalculation of Schedule A.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1). If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Early Termination annual benefit on Schedule A.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan


Year 1). If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Disability annual benefit on Schedule A.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change-in-Control benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs (except during the first Plan Year the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1), determined by vesting the Executive in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1, calculating the present value of said benefit using a discount rate equal to 8% and monthly compounding. If the Bank's board of directors increases the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1, the increase shall require recalculation of the Change-in-Control lump sum benefit on Schedule A.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive, her beneficiaries, or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive, her beneficiaries, or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive, her estate, or beneficiaries under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or
Section 2.3.2 after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS


3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which she is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from the Executive's Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2 after (a) deduction of any normal retirement benefits, Early Termination benefits, or Disability benefits already paid, and (b) addition of interest at the rate of 8.0% on the Accrual Balance not yet paid for the period from Termination of Employment to payment of the lump sum amount.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.


ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. If the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Insolvency. If the Superintendent of Financial Institutions appoints the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for the Bank pursuant to Ohio Revised Code section 1125.20, all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of the Bank's declared insolvency, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows --

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth --

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,


6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employees Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows --

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth --

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Amendment and Termination. This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive.

7.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.


7.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

7.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

7.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

7.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

7.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

7.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

7.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

7.10 Administration. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to --

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Agreement,

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement,

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments, and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

7.11 Named Fiduciary. The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

7.12 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.


7.13 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

7.14 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to -- Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to -- Marlene Lenio 326 Russell Avenue Cortland, Ohio 44410

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

7.15 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, then current management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of her rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of her rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it should appear to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) in the event that the Bank or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of her choice at the expense of the Bank as provided in this Section 7.15, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 7.15 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a Severance Agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE: BANK:


                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Marlene Lenio                               Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

MARLENE LENIO

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Marlene Lenio

Date: _________, 2002

Accepted by the Bank this _________ day of ________________, 2002.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive
Officer

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

MARLENE LENIO

                                 EARLY
                              TERMINATION     DISABILITY
                    VESTED       ANNUAL         ANNUAL        CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
PLAN    ACCRUAL    ACCRUAL      BENEFIT         BENEFIT        LUMP SUM BENEFIT
YEAR    BALANCE    BALANCE   PAYABLE AT 65   PAYABLE AT 65   PAYABLE IMMEDIATELY
----   --------   --------   -------------   -------------   -------------------
  1    $  2,827   $      0      $     0         $ 1,257            $ 28,103
  2    $  5,888   $      0      $     0         $ 2,418            $ 30,435
  3    $  9,203   $      0      $     0         $ 3,490            $ 32,961
  4    $ 12,794   $      0      $     0         $ 4,480            $ 35,697
  5    $ 16,682   $      0      $     0         $ 5,394            $ 38,660
  6    $ 20,894   $      0      $     0         $ 6,238            $ 41,869
  7    $ 25,455   $      0      $     0         $ 7,017            $ 45,344
  8    $ 30,394   $      0      $     0         $ 7,737            $ 49,108
  9    $ 35,743   $      0      $     0         $ 8,401            $ 53,183
 10    $ 41,537   $      0      $     0         $ 9,014            $ 57,598
 11    $ 47,811   $      0      $     0         $ 9,581            $ 62,378
 12    $ 54,606   $      0      $     0         $10,104            $ 67,556
 13    $ 61,965   $      0      $     0         $10,587            $ 73,163
 14    $ 69,935   $ 69,935      $11,033         $11,033            $ 79,235
 15    $ 78,566   $ 78,566      $11,445         $11,445            $ 85,812
 16    $ 87,913   $ 87,913      $11,825         $11,825            $ 92,934
 17    $ 98,037   $ 98,037      $12,176         $12,176            $100,647
 18    $109,001   $109,001      $12,500         $12,500            $109,001

12

EXHIBIT 10.21

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this day of _____________, 200__, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Craig Phythyon, Vice President of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned, and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,


(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means July 1, 2003.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.


1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $20,300.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs (except during the first Plan Year, the benefit is the amount set forth for Plan Year 1).

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator


if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.


3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or
(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank


under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.

7

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to - Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

8

(b) If to the Executive, to - Craig Phythyon The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 8.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a severance or employment agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Craig Phythyon                              Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer

9

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

CRAIG PHYTHYON

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent:


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Craig Phythyon

Date: ____________________, 200_

Accepted by the Bank this _____ day of __________________, 200_.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the
Board, and Chief Executive
Officer

10

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

CRAIG PHYTHYON

                                         EARLY
                                      TERMINATION        DISABILITY
                    AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT
                    AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT
       PLAN YEAR   PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL       CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
PLAN     ENDING    YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE    BENEFIT PAYABLE
YEAR    FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)          IN A LUMP SUM
----   ---------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   -----------------
  1       2004      42     $  2,271       $     0          $ 1,121           $ 41,109
  2       2005      43     $  5,874       $     0          $ 2,712           $ 43,971
  3       2006      44     $  9,728       $     0          $ 4,199           $ 47,033
  4       2007      45     $ 13,850       $     0          $ 5,589           $ 50,308
  5       2008      46     $ 18,260       $     0          $ 6,889           $ 53,810
  6       2009      47     $ 22,976       $     0          $ 8,104           $ 57,557
  7       2010      48     $ 28,021       $     0          $ 9,239           $ 61,565
  8       2011      49     $ 33,417       $     0          $10,301           $ 65,851
  9       2012      50     $ 39,189       $     0          $11,294           $ 70,436
 10       2013      51     $ 45,363       $     0          $12,223           $ 75,341
 11       2014      52     $ 51,966       $     0          $13,090           $ 80,587
 12       2015      53     $ 59,029       $     0          $13,902           $ 86,198
 13       2016      54     $ 66,584       $     0          $14,660           $ 92,199
 14       2017      55     $ 74,666       $     0          $15,369           $ 98,619
 15       2018      56     $ 83,310       $     0          $16,032           $105,486
 16       2019      57     $ 92,555       $     0          $16,652           $112,830
 17       2020      58     $102,445       $     0          $17,232           $120,687
 18       2021      59     $113,023       $     0          $17,773           $129,090
 19       2022      60     $124,337       $     0          $18,280           $138,078
 20       2023      61     $136,440       $     0          $18,753           $147,692
 21       2024      62     $149,385       $19,196          $19,196           $157,976
 22       2025      63     $163,231       $19,610          $19,610           $168,975
 23       2026      64     $178,042       $19,997          $19,997           $180,740
 24     December    65     $191,168       $20,300          $20,300           $191,168
          2026

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning January 31, 2027.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).

11

EXHIBIT 10.22

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this ___ day of ________, 200 __, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., Senior Vice President of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of August 8, 2002, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the August 8, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional


Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,

(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.


1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $74,500.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.


2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of the date hereof and attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.


ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the


claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and


6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.


8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached to this Agreement as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety the August 8, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to - Board of Directors The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street P.O. Box 98 Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to - Stephen A. Telego, Sr.
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his


rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 7.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a Severance Agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Stephen A. Telego, Sr.                      Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

STEPHEN A. TELEGO, SR.

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: __________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _______________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Stephen A. Telego, Sr.

Date: _________, 200__

Accepted by the Bank this ___ day of ___________, 200__.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive
Officer

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

STEPHEN A. TELEGO, SR.

                                                 EARLY
                                              TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                          AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                          AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
                         PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
PLAN      PLAN YEAR      YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
YEAR   ENDING FEBRUARY    END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
----   ---------------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
  1          2002         49     $ 13,025       $     0          $ 5,794       $129,497
  2          2003         50     $ 27,132       $     0          $11,143       $140,246
  3          2004         51     $ 50,446       $     0          $13,669       $274,950
  4          2005         52     $ 79,396       $     0          $20,226       $292,449
  5          2006         53     $110,363       $     0          $26,284       $312,812
  6          2007         54     $143,485       $     0          $31,948       $334,592
  7          2008         55     $178,914       $     0          $37,244       $357,889
  8          2009         56     $216,810       $     0          $42,194       $382,808
  9          2010         57     $257,344       $     0          $46,823       $409,463
 10          2011         58     $300,701       $     0          $51,150       $437,973
 11          2012         59     $347,076       $     0          $55,195       $468,468
 12          2013         60     $396,681       $     0          $58,977       $501,086
 13          2014         61     $449,739       $     0          $62,513       $535,976
 14          2015         62     $506,491       $65,819          $65,819       $573,295
 15          2016         63     $567,196       $68,909          $68,909       $613,212
 16          2017         64     $632,126       $71,799          $71,799       $655,909
 17          2018         65     $701,578       $74,500          $74,500       $701,578

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning March 31, 2018.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).


Exhibit 10.23

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this _____ day of ________________, 200__, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Danny L. White, Vice President of the Bank (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Bank's general assets,

WHEREAS, none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term "golden parachute payment" that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, is contemplated insofar as the Bank is concerned,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of September 4, 2002, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified -

1.1 "Accrual Balance" means the liability that should be accrued by the Bank under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the Bank's obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody's, rounded to the nearest 1/4%. The initial discount rate is 6.75%. However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.

1.2 "Change in Control" means any of the following events occur:

(a) Acquisition of Significant Stock Ownership: a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) is filed or is required to be filed under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities (but this clause (a) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of voting shares of Cortland Bancorp held by the Bank or another subsidiary of Cortland Bancorp in a fiduciary capacity). A Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall not be deemed to have


occurred solely because acquisition by Cortland Bancorp of its own voting securities reduces the number of shares outstanding, causing a person's beneficial ownership to exceed 25% of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities; provided that, if after such acquisition by Cortland Bancorp such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Cortland Bancorp voting securities, increasing the percentage of outstanding Cortland Bancorp voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp shall be deemed to have occurred,

(b) Change in Board Composition: during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp's board of directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that - for purposes of this clause (b) - each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have been a director at the beginning of the two-year period,

(c) Merger: Cortland Bancorp merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into Cortland Bancorp, and as a result less than 50% of the total voting power of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were the holders of Cortland Bancorp's voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation, or

(d) Sale of Assets: Cortland Bancorp sells to a third party all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets. For purposes of this Agreement, sale of all or substantially all of Cortland Bancorp's assets includes sale of the Bank alone.

1.3 "Disability" means the Executive suffers a sickness, accident or injury that is determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. At the Bank's request, the Executive must submit to the Bank proof of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination.

1.4 "Early Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.5 "Early Termination" means Termination of Employment before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, or within one year after a Change in Control.

1.6 "Early Termination Date" means the month, day, and year in which Early Termination occurs.

1.7 "Effective Date" means March 1, 2001.

1.8 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 65th birthday.

1.9 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

1.10 "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.11 "Plan Administrator" means the plan administrator described in Article 7.

1.12 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing on March 1 and ending on the last day of February of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.13 "Termination for Cause" means the Bank terminates the Executive's employment for any one of the following reasons -

(a) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties,


(b) commission of a felony or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or

(c) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank.

1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute, unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. For Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $41,500.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. For Early Termination on or after the Executive's Early Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the Early Termination Date.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Early Termination annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.3 Disability Benefit. For Termination of Employment because of Disability before the Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual benefit amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately before the date on which Termination of Employment occurs.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Disability annual benefit amount to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments, payable on the last day of each month, beginning with the month after the Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for 15 years.

2.4 Change-in-Control Benefit. If the Executive's employment with Cortland Bancorp or the Bank terminates within one year after a Change in Control (excepting Termination for Cause), the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance required by Section 2.1, discounting the Normal Retirement Age Accrual Balance to


present value using a discount rate of 6.75%, or a discount rate selected by the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator determines that a different discount rate is appropriate; provided, however, that the discount rate selected shall not exceed the discount rate employed at the time of the Change in Control for purposes of calculating the Accrual Balance.

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Bank shall pay the Change-in-Control benefit to the Executive in one lump sum within 3 days after the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.5 Petition for Payment of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit. If the Executive is entitled to the normal retirement benefit provided by Section 2.1, the Early Termination benefit provided by Section 2.2, or the Disability benefit provided by Section 2.3, the Executive may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

2.6 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive is receiving the benefit provided by Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

2.7 Contradiction in Terms of Agreement and Schedule A. If there is a contradiction in the terms of this Agreement and Schedule A attached hereto concerning the benefits due under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, then the actual amount of benefits prescribed by this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before the Normal Retirement Age while in the active service of the Bank, instead of any other benefit payable under this Agreement the Bank shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) the benefit described in the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of the date hereof and attached to this Agreement as Addendum A.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived. In that case, no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the benefits shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary(ies), but payments shall commence on the last day of the month after the date of the Executive's death, and no death benefit shall be payable under this Article 3.

3.4 Petition for Benefit Payments. If the Executive dies before receiving any or all benefit payments to which he is entitled under Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3, respectively, the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate may petition the board of directors to have the Accrual Balance corresponding to that particular benefit paid to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a single lump sum. The board of directors shall have sole and absolute discretion about whether to pay the remaining Accrual Balance in a lump sum. If the remaining Accrual Balance is paid in a single lump sum, the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.


3.5 Change-in-Control Payout of Vested Normal Retirement Benefit, Vested Early Termination Benefit or Vested Disability Benefit Being Paid to the Executive's Estate or Beneficiaries at the Time of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the entire 15-year salary continuation benefit payment period and if at the time of that Change in Control the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) is receiving the benefit provided by
Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2, the Bank shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate in a lump sum within three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Executive's beneficiary(ies) or estate as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to that particular benefit then being paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary(ies) under Section 2.1.2, Section 2.2.2, or Section 2.3.2.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

5.1 Termination for Cause and Termination Before Vesting. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if Termination of Employment is a result of Termination for Cause or if Early Termination benefits under Section 2.2 of this Agreement are neither paid nor payable because Early Termination occurred before vesting under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. The Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.

5.4 Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Bank is in "default" or "in danger of default", as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.


ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows -

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows -

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional


60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth -

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.

7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Bank Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and by the Executive.


8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no such succession had occurred. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement before effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in
Section 2.4.

8.6 Tax Withholding. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.7 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.8 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement attached as Addendum A constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, effective immediately.

8.10 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

8.11 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.12 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to -


Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to -

Danny L. White
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

8.13 Payment of Legal Fees. The Bank is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, management of the Bank may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Bank to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Bank that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it appears to Executive that (a) the Bank has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the Bank or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Executive the benefits intended to be provided to Executive hereunder, the Bank irrevocably authorizes Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the Bank's expense as provided in this Section 8.13, to represent Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Bank or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Bank, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Executive as herein above provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Bank on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000. The Bank's obligation to pay the Executive's legal fees provided by this Section 8.13 operates separately from, and in addition to, any legal fee reimbursement obligation the Bank or the Bank's parent Cortland Bancorp may have with the Executive by virtue of a Severance Agreement by and among the Executive, the Bank, and Cortland Bancorp.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have executed this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Danny L. White                              Rodger W. Platt
                                        Title: President, Chairman of the Board
                                               and Chief Executive Officer


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

DANNY L. WHITE

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement:

Primary: ________________________________________________________________


Contingent: _____________________________________________________________


NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
TRUSTEE(S) AND THE EXACT NAME AND DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Bank. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:

Danny L. White

Date: ________________________, 200__

Accepted by the Bank this _____ day of ________________, 200__.

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Title: President, Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer

SCHEDULE A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

DANNY L. WHITE

                                             EARLY
                                          TERMINATION      DISABILITY
                      AGE               ANNUAL BENEFIT   ANNUAL BENEFIT   CHANGE-IN-
                      AT                  PAYABLE AT       PAYABLE AT       CONTROL
        PLAN YEAR    PLAN    ACCRUAL        NORMAL           NORMAL         BENEFIT
PLAN      ENDING     YEAR   BALANCE @   RETIREMENT AGE   RETIREMENT AGE   PAYABLE IN
YEAR     FEBRUARY     END   6.75% (1)         (2)              (2)        A LUMP SUM
----   -----------   ----   ---------   --------------   --------------   ----------
  1       2002        50     $  3,505       $     0          $ 1,329       $ 32,961
  2       2003        51     $  7,300       $     0          $ 2,556       $ 35,697
  3       2004        52     $ 21,005       $     0          $ 5,145       $169,432
  4       2005        53     $ 40,518       $     0          $ 9,331       $180,215
  5       2006        54     $ 61,390       $     0          $13,217       $192,763
  6       2007        55     $ 83,715       $     0          $16,850       $206,185
  7       2008        56     $107,594       $     0          $20,246       $220,541
  8       2009        57     $133,136       $     0          $23,422       $235,897
  9       2010        58     $160,456       $     0          $26,391       $252,322
 10       2011        59     $189,679       $     0          $29,166       $269,891
 11       2012        60     $220,936       $     0          $31,761       $288,683
 12       2013        61     $254,370       $     0          $34,187       $308,783
 13       2014        62     $290,132       $36,455          $36,455       $330,283
 14       2015        63     $328,383       $38,575          $38,575       $353,280
 15       2016        64     $369,298       $40,558          $40,558       $377,878
 16    August 2016    65     $390,812       $41,500          $41,500       $390,812

(1) Calculations are approximations. Benefit calculations are based on prior year-end accrual balances. The accrual balance reflects payment at the end of each month during retirement, beginning September 30, 2016.

(2) Benefit is based on the present value of the current payment stream of the vested accrual balance using a standard discount rate (6.75%).


EXHIBIT 10.24

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this ________ day of ___________________, 200___ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and Timothy Carney, Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of September 4, 2002 with the Executive, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and an Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive attains age 65 or until the Executive's employment terminates, whichever first occurs,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into a Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.


ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest is paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $632,833. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound by the terms of the Policy only. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

3

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

4

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective immediately, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the Bank's obligations.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

5

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
Timothy Carney
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Timothy Carney                          Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness Timothy Carney

6

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Timothy Carney
Insurer: Security Life of Denver
Policy No. 1567990

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of , 200 , the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at _______________________, Ohio this ___ day of ___________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Timothy Carney                          Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Timothy Carney
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998031

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _________ , 200___ , the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at _______________________, Ohio this ___ day of ___________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Timothy Carney                          Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.25

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this ___________ day of __________, 200___ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of November 6, 2002 with the Executive, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and an Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive attains age 65 or until the Executive's employment terminates, whichever first occurs,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into a Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the November 6, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the November 6, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.


ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest is paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $807,051. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound by the terms of the Policy only. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.


6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to


discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective immediately, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the November 6, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the Bank's obligations.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi                   Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness Lawrence A. Fantauzzi

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
Insurer: Security Life of Denver
Policy No. 1567991

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of ______________, 200_, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at _______________________, Ohio this ____ day of ______, 200_.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi                   Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998032

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _________________, 200_, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ____________, Ohio this __________ day of ____________, 200___.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi                   Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.26

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this ____ day of ____________, 200_ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and James M. Gasior, Senior Vice President and Chief of Administration and Lending of the Bank (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of November 21, 2002 with the Executive, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and an Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive attains age 65 or until the Executive's employment terminates, whichever first occurs,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into a Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the November 21, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the November 21, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.


ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest is paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $678,977. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound by the terms of the Policy only. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

3

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

4

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective immediately, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the November 21, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the Bank's obligations.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

5

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
James M. Gasior
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
James M. Gasior                         Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness James M. Gasior

6

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: James M. Gasior
Insurer: Security Life of Denver
Policy No. 1567992

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _______, 200_, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ________, Ohio this __________ day of _________, 200_.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
James M. Gasior                         Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: James M. Gasior
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998033

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of ___________, 200_, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ________, Ohio this __________ day of _________, 200_.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
James M. Gasior                         Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.27

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this _____ day of ______________, 2002, by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank") and Marlene Lenio (the "Executive"). This Amended Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Bank and its parent company, Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, and the Bank desires that the Executive continue in its employ,

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive's Normal Retirement Age of
65. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive entered into a Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of her employment, and a Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive's Normal Retirement Age of 65,

WHEREAS, regulations promulgated under ERISA (the Employees Retirement Income Security Act) that became effective on January 1, 2002 govern the regulation of claims procedures contained in the Executive's form of Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the March 1, 2001 Salary Continuation Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, including but not limited to revision of the definition of "disability" and updating of the claims and review provisions of Article 6,

WHEREAS, the revised definition of disability, as well as the revised Claims and Review Procedure in Article 6, were drafted by ERISA counsel retained by Clark/Bardes Consulting, and

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Amended Split Dollar Agreement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the March 1, 2001 Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amended Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement of even date herewith. The following terms shall have the meanings specified --

1.1 "Insurer" means Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company.

1.2 "Policy" means insurance policy no. 85998034 issued by the Insurer.


1.3 "Insured" means the Executive.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP / INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Executive's interest has been paid pursuant to Article 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $109,001. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Bank shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Amended Split Dollar Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy's interpolated terminal reserve value. Such right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 60 days from the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank's intention to sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Amended Split Dollar Agreement.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. Upon execution of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Bank amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive's interest in the Policy, unless the Bank replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Amended Split Dollar Agreement and executes a new split dollar agreement and endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank's creditors.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute income to the Executive in an amount equal to the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the net death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Amended Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Amended Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Amended Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER


The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Claims Procedure. A person or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under this Amended Split Dollar Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial,

6.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

6.1.3.4 An explanation of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

6.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA (Employees Retirement Income Security Act) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank's notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.


6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response. The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

6.2.5.1 The specific reason for the denial,

6.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based,

6.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

6.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Amendment and Termination. This Amended Split Dollar Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, unless otherwise agreed to by the Bank and the Executive, this Amended Split Dollar Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive's 65th birthday.

7.2 Binding Effect. This Amended Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

7.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Amended Split Dollar Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

7.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. The Bank will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended Split Dollar Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Amended Split Dollar Agreement if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain such assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the Amended Split Dollar Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit provided in Section 2.4 of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive of even date herewith.


7.5 Applicable Law. This Amended Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

7.6 Entire Agreement. This Amended Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire split dollar agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

7.7 Administration. The Bank shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Amended Split Dollar Agreement, including but not limited to --

(a) interpreting the provisions of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement,

(b) establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Amended Split Dollar Agreement,

(c) maintaining a record of benefit payments, and

(d) establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Amended Split Dollar Agreement.

7.8 Named Fiduciary. The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Amended Split Dollar Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

7.9 Severability. If for any reason, any provision of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and to the full extent consistent with law the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect.

7.10 Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Amended Split Dollar Agreement.

7.11 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to --

Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to -- Marlene Lenio 326 Russell Avenue Cortland, Ohio 44410


and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Amended Split Dollar Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has hereunto set his/her hand as of the date and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Marlene Lenio                                Rodger W. Platt
                                        Its: President, Chairman of the Board
                                             and Chief Executive Officer


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

Policy No. 85998034 Insured: Marlene Lenio

Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company ("Insurer") on January 9, 2001 (the application date), the applicant requests and directs that:

BENEFICIARIES

1. The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured's interest has been paid pursuant to paragraph (2) below.

2. The Insured or the Insured's transferee shall designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $109,001, subject to the provisions of paragraph (5) below.

OWNERSHIP

3. The Owner of the Policy shall be the Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured's transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.

4. The Insured or the Insured's transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured's transferee or the Insured's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY

6. Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (1) above.

OWNER'S AUTHORITY

7. The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner's claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner's statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge the Bank accordingly.

8. Any transferee's rights shall be subject to this Split Dollar Endorsement.

9. The Owner accepts and agrees to this Split Dollar Endorsement.


10. The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at Cortland, Ohio, this _____ day of ___________, 2002.

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY

By:
Rodger W. Platt
Its: President, Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing and, subject to the rights of the Owner as stated above, designates _____________________________________, (relationship: ____________________) as primary beneficiary(s) and ________________________________________________ (relationship: ____________) as secondary beneficiary of the portion of the proceeds described in (2) above.

Signed at _______________, Ohio, this _______ day of __________, 2002.

THE INSURED


Marlene Lenio

8

EXHIBIT 10.28

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

This SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this day of _____________, 200__ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and Craig Phythyon, its Vice President (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

The Bank and the Executive agree as set forth herein.

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $191,168. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.


2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Split Dollar Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional


period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger,


consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
Craig Phythyon
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

5

EXECUTIVE:                            BANK:
                                      The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                      By:
-----------------------------------       --------------------------------------
Craig Phythyon                        Its:
                                           -------------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness Craig Phythyon

6

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Craig Phythyon
Insurer: Security Life of Denver
Policy No. 1567993

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _____________________, 200_, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive right to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph which are available under the terms of the policy and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise said rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.

Signed at ________________, Ohio this _________ day of ___, 200_.

INSURED:                              OWNER:
                                      The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                      By:
-----------------------------------       --------------------------------------
Craig Phythyon                        Its:
                                           -------------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.29

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this ______ day of _______________, 200__ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., Senior Vice President of the Bank (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of August 8, 2002 with the Executive, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and an Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive attains age 65 or until the Executive's employment terminates, whichever first occurs,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into a Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the August 8, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the August 8, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.


ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest is paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $701,578. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Split Dollar Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound by the terms of the Policy only. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

3

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

4

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective immediately, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the August 8, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the Bank's obligations.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

5

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
Stephen A. Telego, Sr.

The Cortland Savings and Banking Company

194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
Stephen A. Telego, Sr.                  Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. I agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness Stephen A. Telego, Sr.

6

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Stephen A. Telego, Sr.
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998036

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _______________, 200__, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ____________, Ohio this ____ day of _____________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Stephen A. Telego, Sr.                  Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Stephen A. Telego, Sr.
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998027

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of ________________, 200__, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ____________, Ohio this ____ day of _____________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Stephen A. Telego, Sr.                  Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.30

ADDENDUM A
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of this ______ day of_________, 200__ by and between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company, an Ohio-chartered commercial bank located in Cortland, Ohio (the "Bank"), and Danny L. White, Vice President of the Bank (the "Executive"). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

WHEREAS, to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank entered into an Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of September 4, 2002 with the Executive, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Executive after termination of his employment, and an Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A, providing for division of the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life to be effective until the Executive attains age 65 or until the Executive's employment terminates, whichever first occurs,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have negotiated and agreed to miscellaneous changes in the terms and conditions of the Amended Salary Continuation Agreement and the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached thereto as Addendum A,

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive are entering into a Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of the date hereof, superseding and replacing in its entirety the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, and the Bank and the Executive intend that this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be attached as Addendum A to the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement, superseding and replacing in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Bank and the Executive. The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Administrator means the administrator described in Article 7.

1.2 Insured means the Executive.

1.3 Insurer means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

1.4 Policy means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer(s).

1.5 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Executive's interest, if any, in a Policy on such Executive's life.


ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Bank Ownership. The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Executive's interest is paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $390,812. The Executive or the Executive's transferee shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. The Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this
Section 2.2 if the Executive is not in the full-time employment of the Bank at the time of death, except for reason of a leave of absence approved by the Bank.

2.3 Option to Purchase. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy.

2.4 Comparable Coverage. The Bank may replace the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement, in which case the Bank and the Executive shall execute a new Split-Dollar Policy Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy.

2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges. The Executive recognizes and agrees that the Bank may after this Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Executive's life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Executive's life. Provided that the Policy is replaced (or intended to be replaced) with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Executive agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.

ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Administrator shall annually determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under applicable Internal Revenue Service authority.

3.3 Imputed Income. The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Executive on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may irrevocably assign without consideration all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity, or trust established by the Executive or the Executive's spouse. If the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound by the terms of the Policy only. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1 Claims Procedure. Any person or entity who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid (the "claimant") shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(d) An explanation of the Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Administrator of the denial, as follows:

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Administrator a written request for review.

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

3

6.2.4 Timing of Administrator Response. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

6.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

ARTICLE 7
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

7.1 Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrator, which shall consist of the Board or such committee as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Administrator. The Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

7.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

7.4 Indemnity of Administrator. The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members.

7.5 Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendment and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following:

4

(a) Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank,

(b) Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above,

(c) Upon the Executive's 65th birthday, and

(d) Upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

8.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.3 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4 Successors; Binding Agreement. By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Bank shall require any successor
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Agreement if no succession had occurred. The Bank's failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Change-in-Control benefit payable under Section 2.4 of the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and the Executive.

8.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. Effective immediately, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the Amended Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A to the September 4, 2002 Amended Salary Continuation Agreement.

8.7 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing Bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the Bank's obligations.

8.8 Severability. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision not held invalid, and the remainder of the provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9 Headings. Caption headings and subheadings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

5

(a) If to the Bank, to:
Board of Directors
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

(b) If to the Executive, to:
Danny L. White
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 194 West Main Street
P.O. Box 98
Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

EXECUTIVE:                              BANK:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Danny L. White

                                        Its:
                                             -----------------------------------

AGREEMENT TO COOPERATE WITH INSURANCE UNDERWRITING INCIDENT TO INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035 EXCHANGE

I acknowledge that I have read the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.


Witness Danny L. White

6

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Danny L. White
Insurer: Security Life of Denver
Policy No. 1567995

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _______, 200___, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ______________, Ohio this ___ day of __________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Danny L. White

                                        Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT

Insured: Danny L. White
Insurer: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company Policy No. 85998037

Pursuant to the terms of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of _________________ ,
200 __________ , the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:

1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.

2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:


PRIMARY BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, RELATIONSHIP/SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER

The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph, to elect any optional method of settlement for the proceeds paid under this paragraph that is available under the terms of the policy, and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.

3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.

4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.

The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.

Signed at ______________, Ohio this ___ day of __________, 200__.

INSURED:                                OWNER:
                                        The Cortland Savings and Banking Company


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Danny L. White

                                        Its:
                                             -----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.31

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT DUE TO CHANGE IN CONTROL
OF CORTLAND BANCORP.

This AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 26th day of December, 2000, by and among Cortland Bancorp. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, with its main office in Cortland, Ohio, The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the "Bank"), an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi (the "Employee"). Any reference to the "Board of Directors" herein shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

WHEREAS, the Employee has heretofore served in the position of Senior Vice President, Controller, Secretary-Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the performance of the responsibilities of the Employee and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. No Employment Contract

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not a management or employment agreement and that none of the terms and conditions contained herein shall be effective until such time as there is a Change in Control as hereinafter defined in this Agreement. Prior to a Change in Control, the Employee agrees and acknowledges that he is an employee-at-will of the Bank.

2. Term of Agreement

The term of this Agreement shall be a period of three years commencing on January 1, 2001 (the "anniversary"). On each anniversary of this Agreement, the term shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that the Corporation has not given notice to the Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended ifirther. Unless sooner terminated as set forth herein, this contract shall terminate when the Employee reaches age sixty-five (65).

3. Termination for Cause

(a) The Employee shall have no right to receive severance or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after the date of termination for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination by the Corporation or the Bank for "Cause" shall mean only the following events:

(i) personal dishonesty;

(ii) incompetence;


(iii) material breach of any provision of this Agreement;

(iv) breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal gain or profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties;

(vi) a willful and material breach of the policies and procedures for the operation of the Bank provided to the Employee by formal action of the Board of Directors;

(vii) willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation relating to a traffic violation or similar offense) or final cease-and-desist order; or

(viii) willful misconduct.

(b) (i) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(ii), "incompetence" shall mean the Employee's performance of his duties as measured against the then prevailing standards in the Ohio banking industry.

(ii) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(vii) and 3(a)(viii), no act, or failure to act, on the Employee's part shall be considered "willful" unless he has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Bank.

(iii) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(vii), a cease-and- desist order shall not become final until consent by the Corporation or the Bank, as the case may be, to such order, or the exhaustion or lapse of all (administrative and judicial) appeal rights in relation thereto.

4. Voluntary Termination of Agreement

This Agreement may be terminated by the Employee at any time upon ninety (90) days' written notice to either the Bank or the Corporation or upon such shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the Board of Directors.

5. Change in Control

(a) If, during the term of this Agreement, there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, the Employee shall be entitled to a termination or severance payment. The amount of this severance payment shall be the benefits specified in Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control of the Corporation"

2

shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of the Corporation's voting securities;

(ii) the acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Corporation's management or policies, if the Board of Directors has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Corporation for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder;

(iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years during the term of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Corporation cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office;

(iv) the Corporation shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Corporation, on a basis whereby less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation;

(v) the Corporation shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of the Corporation shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Corporation voting securities as a result of the acquisition of Corporation voting securities by the Corporation which reduces the number of Corporation's voting securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Corporation such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Corporation voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Corporation voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Corporation shall then occur.

6. Termination Benefits

3

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Corporation shall pay Employee, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump-sum cash payment equal to one (1) year of Compensation (as defined in the next sentence). As used herein, "Compensation" shall mean the sum of Employee's then current annual base salary paid during the year the Change in Control of the Corporation occurs plus any bonuses earned for the last whole calendar year preceding the year in which the Change in Control of the Corporation occurs (regardless of whether the bonus earned for that year's service is paid that year). Bonuses refers to compensation of the type that would be required to be reported by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
228.402(b) (17 C.F.R. Section 228.402(b), specifically column (d) of that rule's Summary Compensation Table (or any successor provision) and identified by the Corporation in its 2000 Schedule 14A as the Profit Sharing Program.

(b) In the event that the Employee becomes entitled to the benefits or payments set forth under this Paragraph 6 or other benefits, including, without limitation, by reason of the accelerated vesting of stock options under a certain stock option agreement(s) entered into between the Employee and the Corporation (the "Stock Option Agreement"), the acceleration of benefits under a certain Salary Continuation Agreement entered into between the Employee and the Bank (the "SERP") or under a certain Split Dollar Policy Endorsement between the Bank and the Employee pursuant to The Cortland Savings and Banking Company Group Term Carve Out Plan or otherwise (together, the "Total Benefits"), and in the event that any of the Total Benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax as set forth in Section 2800 of the Internal Revenue Code (herein the "Excise Tax"), the Corporation shall pay to the Employee the following additional amounts which consist of (i) a payment equal to the Excise Tax payable by the Employee pursuant to Section 4999 on the Total Benefits (the "Excise Tax Payment") and
(ii) the "Gross-Up Payment" (collectively, the "Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount"). The Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount shall be calculated by first determining the full gross up amount needed to provide the Excise Tax Payment net of all income, payroll and excise taxes. The difference between the full gross up amount (which includes the Excise Tax Payment) and the Excise Tax Payment shall then be multiplied by eighty percent (80%) to determine the Gross-Up Payment. Exhibit A is an illustration of how the Gross-Up Payment and the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount due the Employee are calculated. Payment of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount shall be made in addition to the amount set forth in Paragraph 6(a) hereof.

For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) any other payments or benefits received or to be received by the Employee in connection with a Change in Control or the Employee's termination of employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement, the Stock Option Agreement, the SERP, or other plan or arrangement with the Bank or the Corporation, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Corporation or such Person) shall be treated as "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, and all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless in the opinion of the certified public accounting firm that is retained by the Corporation as of the date immediately prior to the Change in Control (the "Accounting Firm"), such other

4

payments or benefits (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code in excess (as defined in Section 2800(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code), or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Benefits which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of(A) the total amount of the Total Benefits reduced by the amount of such Total Benefits that in the opinion of the Accounting Firm are not parachute payments, or (B) the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) (after applying clause (i), above), and (Hi) the value of any non cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Corporation's Accounting Firm in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of determining the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount, the Employee shall be-deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar years in which the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Employee's residence on the date of termination of employment, net of the reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes (calculated by assuming that any reduction under Section 68 of the Internal Revenue Code in the amount of itemized deductions allowable to the Employee applies first to reduce the amount of such state and local income taxes that would otherwise be deductible by the Employee, and applicable federal FICA and Medicare withholding taxes.)

In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of the Employee's employment, the Employee shall repay to the Corporation, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount attributable to such reduction (plus that portion of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount attributable to the Excise Tax, federal, state and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholding taxes imposed on the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount being repaid by the Employee to the extent that such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax, FICA and Medicare withholding taxes and/or a federal, state or local income tax deduction). In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be more than the amount taken in account hereunder at the time of the termination of the Employee's employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount), the Corporation shall make an additional Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount to the Employee in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions payable by the Employee with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6(b), all determinations required to be made under this Paragraph 6(c), including whether and when an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount is required, the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Accounting Firm which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Corporation and the Employee within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from the Corporation or the Employee that there has been an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount, or such earlier time as is requested by the Corporation (collectively, the "Determination"). In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving

5

as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Employee may appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Corporation and the Corporation shall enter into any agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection with the performance of its services hereunder. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Employee, it shall furnish the Employee with a written opinion to such effect, and to the effect that failure to report Excise Tax, if any, on the Employee's applicable federal income tax return will not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. The Determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and the Employee. As a result of the uncertainty in determining whether any of the Total Benefits will be subject to the Excise Tax at the time of the Determination, it is possible that an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount which will not have been made by the Corporation should have been made ("Underpayment") or an Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount is made by the Corporation which should not have been made ("Overpayment"), consistent with the calculations for the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Employee thereafter is required to make payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section l274(d)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) shall be promptly paid by the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Employee. In the event the Adjusted Gross-Up Payment Amount exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse the Employee for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(d)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) shall be promptly paid by the Employee to or for the benefit of the Corporation. The Employee shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Corporation, with any reasonable requests by the Corporation in connection with any contests or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax.

(d) Upon the Employee's termination of employment arising within one
(1) year after the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation, the Corporation will continue to provide, for three years after Employee's termination of employment, the Employee (and the Employee's dependents if applicable) with the same level of club memberships and medical, dental, accident, disability and life insurance benefits upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including cost of coverage to the Employee) as existed prior to Employee's severance; provided that, if the Employee cannot continue to participate in the Corporation's plans providing such benefits, the Corporation shall otherwise provide such benefits on the same after-tax basis as if continued participation had been permitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Employee becomes reemployed with another employer, and becomes eligible to receive welfare benefits from such employer, the welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the period of the Employee's eligibility, but only to the extent that the Corporation reimburses the Employee for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary to give the Employee the benefits hereunder.

6

7. Payment of Legal Fees

(a) The Corporation is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, then current management of the Corporation may cause or attempt to cause the Corporation to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Corporation to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Employee the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Corporation that Employee not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Employee hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if following a Change in Control of the Corporation it should appear to Employee that (i) the Corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) the Corporation or the Bank, as the case may be, has failed to comply with any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Corporation or the Bank under which the Employee is or may be entitled to receive benefits or (iii) in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Employee the benefits intended to be provided to Employee hereunder, the Corporation irrevocably authorizes Employee from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the expense of the Corporation as provided in this Paragraph 7, to represent Employee in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Corporation or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Corporation, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Employee as hereinabove provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Employee by the Corporation on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Employee of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the $500,000 cap on legal fee reimbursement will be subject to a cost of living adjustment equal to the value of the expression A x B, in which expression:

A = $500,000; and

B= Cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. This is computed by dividing the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers ("CPI-U") prepared by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or any successor thereto, for the CPI-U for January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs by the CPI-U for January 2000.

The cost of living adjustment provided in this Paragraph 7(b) shall be considered to be part of Employee's payment of legal fees for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Illustration. To explain the cost of living adjustment calculation for

7

Payment of Legal Fees, we will use the following example.

First, we determine the appropriate CPI-Us. The Agreement calls for the use of the CPI-Us for January 2000 and the January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs. Assume a Change in Control occurs in April 2009. For illustrative purposes only, the CPI-U for January 2000 is 156.7, and the CPI-U for January 2009 is 213.3.

Second, we calculate the cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. To do this, we divide the CPI-U for January 2009 (213.3) by the CPI-U for January 2000 (156.7). Our result is 1.361 (i.e., a 36.1 percent increase).

Finally, we calculate the raw cost of living adjustment. To do this, we multiply the base Payment of Legal Fees amount by the inflation factor. In our example, $500,000 multiplied by the inflation factor of 1.361 equals $680,500.

8. Provision for Out Placement and Financial Planning Services

(a) In the event of Employee's termination of employment following a Change in Control of the Corporation, Employee shall be entitled to one year of out placement services following termination of employment. Such services shall include employment counseling, resume services, executive placement services and similar services generally provided to executives by professional executive out placement service providers. All costs of such out placement services shall be paid for by the Corporation.

(b) In the event of Employee's termination of Employment following a Change in Control of the Corporation, Employee shall be entitled to three years of financial planning services following termination of Employment. All costs of such financial planning services shall be paid for by the Corporation. Financial planning services paid for by the Corporation shall assist the Employee in tax preparation and financial planning with respect to the Employee's receipt of Total Benefits and their impact on the Employee's economic standing.

9. Successor Organization

The obligations of the Corporation and the Bank as set forth herein shall continue to be the obligation of any successor organization, any organization which purchases substantially all of the liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank, as well as any organization which assumes substantially all of the liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank whether by merger, consolidation, or other form of business combination. This Agreement is personal to the Employee and the Employee may not delegate his duties hereunder.

10. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to

8

such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

A. If to the Corporation, to:
Board of Directors
Cortland Bancorp.
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410

B. If to the Employee, to:


and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

11. No Mitigation Required

There shall be no requirement that Employee mitigate any damages or reduce the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 6 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 6 be reduced by any compensation earned by Employee as the result of employment by any other employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

12. Amendments

No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

13. Paragraph Headings

The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not effect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

14. Severability

The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof

15. Governing Law

This Agreement shall, except to the extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply, be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Ohio.

9

16. Arbitration

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the say and year first hereinabove written.

WITNESSES:                              CORTLAND BANCORP.


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Its:
-------------------------------------        -----------------------------------


WITNESSES:                              THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING
                                        COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Its: Chairman of the Board of
-------------------------------------        Directors/CEO

WITNESSES:


("Employee")

10

EXHIBIT 10.32

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT DUE TO CHANGE IN CONTROL
OF CORTLAND BANCORP.

This AGREEMENT is made and entered into this ___ day of _________, 2001, by and among Cortland Bancorp. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, with its main office in Cortland, Ohio, The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the "Bank"), an Ohio-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank with its main offices in Cortland, Ohio and Marlene Lenio (the "Employee"). Any reference to the "Board of Directors" herein shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

WHEREAS, the Employee has heretofore served the Bank in the position of Vice President, Manager of Computer Operations:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the performance of the responsibilities of the Employee and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. No Employment Contract

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not a management or employment agreement and that none of the terms and conditions contained herein shall be effective until such time as there is a Change in Control as hereinafter defined in this Agreement. Prior to a Change in Control, the Employee agrees and acknowledges that he is an employee-at-will of the Bank.

2. Term of Agreement

The term of this Agreement shall be a period of three years commencing on January 1, 2001 (the "anniversary"). On each anniversary of this Agreement, the term shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that the Corporation has not given notice to the Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further. Unless sooner terminated as set forth herein, this contract shall terminate when the Employee reaches age sixty-five (65).

3. Termination for Cause

(a) The Employee shall have no right to receive severance or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after the date of termination for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination by the Corporation or the Bank for "Cause" shall mean only the following events:

(i) personal dishonesty;


(ii) incompetence;

(iii) material breach of any provision of this Agreement;

(iv) breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal gain or profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties;

(vi) a willful and material breach of the policies and procedures for the operation of the Bank provided to the Employee by formal action of the Board of Directors;

(vii) willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than a law, rule or regulation relating to a traffic violation or similar offense) or final cease-and-desist order; or

(viii) willful misconduct.

(b) (i) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(ii), "incompetence" shall mean the Employee's performance of his duties as measured against the then prevailing standards in the Ohio banking industry.

(ii) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(vii) and 3(a)(viii), no act, or failure to act, on the Employee's part shall be considered "willful" unless he has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Bank.

(iii) For purposes of Paragraph 3(a)(vii), a cease-and- desist order shall not become final until consent by the Corporation or the Bank, as the case may be, to such order, or the exhaustion or lapse of all (administrative and judicial) appeal rights in relation thereto.

4. Voluntary Termination of Agreement

This Agreement may be terminated by the Employee at any time upon ninety (90) days' written notice to either the Bank or the Corporation or upon such shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the Board of Directors.

5. Change in Control

(a) If, during the term of this Agreement, there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, the Employee shall be entitled to a termination or severance payment. The amount of this severance payment shall be the benefits specified in Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.


(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control of the Corporation" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) The acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of the Corporation's voting securities;

(ii) the acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Corporation's management or policies, if the Board of Directors has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Corporation for the purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations thereunder;

(iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years during the term of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Corporation cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office;

(iv) the Corporation shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Corporation, on a basis whereby less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation;

(v) the Corporation shall have sold substantially all of its assets to another person.

The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of the Corporation shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Corporation voting securities as a result of the acquisition of Corporation voting securities by the Corporation which reduces the number of Corporation's voting securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Corporation such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Corporation voting securities that increases the percentage of

3

outstanding Corporation voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Corporation shall then occur.

6. Termination Benefits

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Corporation shall pay Employee, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump-sum cash payment equal to one (1) year of Compensation (as defined in the next sentence). As used herein, "Compensation" shall mean the sum of Employee's then current annual base salary paid during the year the Change in Control of the Corporation occurs plus any bonuses earned for the last whole calendar year preceding the year in which the Change in Control of the Corporation occurs (regardless of whether the bonus earned for that year's service is paid that year). Bonuses refers to compensation of the type that would be required to be reported by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
228.402(b) (17 C.F.R. Section 228.402(b), specifically column (d) of that rule's Summary Compensation Table (or any successor provision) and identified by the Corporation in its 2000 Schedule 14A as the Profit Sharing Program.

(b) Upon the Employee's termination of employment arising within one
(1) year after the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation, the Corporation will continue to provide, for three years after Employee's termination of employment, the Employee (and the Employee's dependents if applicable) with the same level of club memberships and medical, dental, accident, disability and life insurance benefits upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including cost of coverage to the Employee) as existed prior to Employee's severance; provided that, if the Employee cannot continue to participate in the Corporation's plans providing such benefits, the Corporation shall otherwise provide such benefits on the same after-tax basis as if continued participation had been permitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Employee becomes reemployed with another employer, and becomes eligible to receive welfare benefits from such employer, the welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the period of the Employee's eligibility, but only to the extent that the Corporation reimburses the Employee for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary to give the Employee the benefits hereunder.

1. Payment of Legal Fees

(a) The Corporation is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, then current management of the Corporation may cause or attempt to cause the Corporation to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or may cause or attempt to cause the Corporation to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take, other action to deny Employee the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated. It is the intent of the Corporation that Employee not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal

4

action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Employee hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat of incurring such expenses. Accordingly, if following a Change in Control of the Corporation it should appear to Employee that (i) the Corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) the Corporation or the Bank, as the case may be, has failed to comply with any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Corporation or the Bank under which the Employee is or may be entitled to receive benefits or (iii) in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from, Employee the benefits intended to be provided to Employee hereunder, the Corporation irrevocably authorizes Employee from time to time to retain counsel of his choice at the expense of the Corporation as provided in this Paragraph 7, to represent Employee in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Corporation or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Corporation, in any jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to time by Employee as hereinabove provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Employee by the Corporation on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by Employee of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel's customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $500,000.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the $500,000 cap on legal fee reimbursement will be subject to a cost of living adjustment equal to the value of the expression A x B, in which expression:

A = $500,000; and

B= Cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. This is computed by dividing the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers ("CPI-U") prepared by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or any successor thereto, for the CPI-U for January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs by the CPI-U for January 2000.

The cost of living adjustment provided in this Paragraph 7(b) shall be considered to be part of Employee's payment of legal fees for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Illustration. To explain the cost of living adjustment calculation for Payment of Legal Fees, we will use the following example.

First, we determine the appropriate CPI-Us. The Agreement calls for the use of the CPI-Us for January 2000 and the January of the year during which the Change in Control occurs. Assume a Change in Control occurs in April 2009. For illustrative purposes only, the CPI-U for January 2000 is 156.7, and the CPI-U for January 2009 is 213.3.

Second, we calculate the cost of living adjustment or inflation factor. To do this,

5

we divide the CPI-U for January 2009 (213.3) by the CPI-U for January 2000
(156.7). Our result is 1.361 (i.e., a 36.1 percent increase).

Finally, we calculate the raw cost of living adjustment. To do this, we multiply the base Payment of Legal Fees amount by the inflation factor. In our example, $500,000 multiplied by the inflation factor of 1.361 equals $680,500.

8. Provision for Out Placement and Financial Planning Services

(a) In the event of Employee's termination of employment following a Change in Control of the Corporation, Employee shall be entitled to one year of out placement services following termination of employment. Such services shall include employment counseling, resume services, executive placement services and similar services generally provided to executives by professional executive out placement service providers. All costs of such out placement services shall be paid for by the Corporation.

(b) In the event of Employee's termination of Employment following a Change in Control of the Corporation, Employee shall be entitled to three years of financial planning services following termination of Employment. All costs of such financial planning services shall be paid for by the Corporation. Financial planning services paid for by the Corporation shall assist the Employee in tax preparation and financial planning with respect to the Employee's receipt of Total Benefits and their impact on the Employee's economic standing.

9. Successor Organization

The obligations of the Corporation and the Bank as set forth herein shall continue to be the obligation of any successor organization, any organization which purchases substantially all of the liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank, as well as any organization which assumes substantially all of the liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank whether by merger, consolidation, or other form of business combination. This Agreement is personal to the Employee and the Employee may not delegate his duties hereunder.

10. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.

A. If to the Corporation, to:

6

Board of Directors
Cortland Bancorp.

194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410

B. If to the Employee, to:
Ms. Marlene Lenio

and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.

11. No Mitigation Required

There shall be no requirement that Employee mitigate any damages or reduce the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 6 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 6 be reduced by any compensation earned by Employee as the result of employment by any other employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

12. Amendments

No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

13. Paragraph Headings

The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not effect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

14. Severability

The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

15. Governing Law

7

This Agreement shall, except to the extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply, be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Ohio.

16. Arbitration

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first hereinabove written.

WITNESSES:                              CORTLAND BANCORP.


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Its:
-------------------------------------        -----------------------------------


WITNESSES:                              THE CORTLAND SAVINGS & BANKING COMPANY


                                        By:
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Its:
-------------------------------------        -----------------------------------

WITNESSES:



("Employee")

8

Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
 
  CONTENTS
 
  Chairman’s Message
 
 
  2
 
  Brief Description of the Business
 
 
  4
 
  Report on Management’s Assessment of
  Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
 
  5
 
  Report of Packer Thomas Independent
  Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
  6
 
  Consolidated Statements of Income
 
 
  7
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
  8
 
  Consolidated Statements of
  Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
  9
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
  10
 
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
  11
 
  Selected Financial Data
 
 
  31
 
  Three Year Summary
  Average Balance Sheet, Yields and Rates
 
 
  32
 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis
 
 
  34
 
  Information as to Stock Prices and Dividends of
  Cortland Bancorp
 
 
  61
 
  Cortland Bancorp
  Directors and Officers
 
 
  62
 
  Cortland Savings & Banking
  Directors and Officers
 
 
  63
 
  Offices and Locations
 
 
  64
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGE
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
REPORT ON MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
REPORT OF PACKER THOMAS INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
THREE YEAR SUMMARY AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET, YIELDS AND RATES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
INFORMATION AS TO STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS OF CORTLAND BANCORP
CORTLAND BANCORP BOARD OF DIRECTORS
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CORTLAND BANKS OFFICES AND LOCATIONS


Table of Contents

CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGE
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
AND CUSTOMERS:
This section of the annual report has long been reserved for the letter from the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer Rodger W. Platt. After forty-two years of employment with the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, over twenty-seven as Company President and Chief Executive Officer, Rodger W. Platt completed his service with the Company retiring November 1, 2005.
During his tenure, the Company has experienced many successes and has led the charge through a number of challenging periods. As Bank President, Rodger has committed himself to the Company, its employees, customers and shareholders. In fact, many employees, customers and shareholders alike have known Rodger to be much more than the Company President — he has been a mentor to some, a counselor to others and a friend to many. On behalf of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and the banking subsidiary, we congratulate Rodger on his retirement and wish him good health and prosperity as he begins a new chapter in his life.
As is spoken many times — life shall go on and the business at hand continues. As such, a new chapter in the Company’s annals begins. With this Chairman’s letter I am at the beginning of my term as Chairman of the Board. I would like to take this opportunity to thank the full board for their vote of confidence in nominating me to this position.
Joining me in the transition is a new Bank President and Chief Executive Officer. After eighteen years as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary, the Board of Directors appointed Lawrence A. Fantauzzi as its new President and Chief Executive Officer. As Board Chairman, I am looking forward to working with Mr. Fantauzzi as he takes on his new responsibilities with the Company. Having had the opportunity to work with Larry as a fellow board member over the last several years, I can assure our customers and shareholders that he will approach the responsibilities and challenges he faces with the same dedication and commitment as Rodger did.
Joining Mr. Fantauzzi on the management team is James M. Gasior, a Certified Public Accountant, who has been with the Company since 1990, most recently as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer. Mr. Gasior will be assuming the responsibilities of Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and has been appointed by the Board of Directors to fill the Director vacancy created by Mr. Platt’s retirement.
One of the immediate challenges that the Company faces is the challenge of managing the net interest margin. The Company’s net interest margin, which is the difference between what it earns on its loans and investments and what it pays for its deposits and borrowings, improved slightly in the past year increasing from 3.74% to 3.83%. Despite the improvement, the Company’s margins continue to be affected by short term and long term interest rate pricing decisions of the Federal Reserve Board, the aggressive pricing strategies among our competitors and the continued lag in economic recovery throughout the geographic areas of Northeast Ohio in which our branches operate.
Another challenge that the Company continues to face is an increase in compliance requirements associated with provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Although there has been recent discussion that the compliance requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley may be limited or eliminated for smaller public companies in the future, additional expenses were recorded in 2005 as a result of an increase in professional service fees to perform the compliance examinations. Despite these increases, non-interest expenses have been particularly well controlled during the last several years. Excluding certain management transition costs, non-interest expenses increased by less than 1.00% in 2005. Over the last five years non-interest expenses increased at a compounded annual growth rate of less than 1.50%.
The Company’s asset quality measures remain in a range that management considers acceptable. However, adverse trends in delinquency, foreclosure and bankruptcies have impacted the Company’s loan portfolio. Additional provisions of $545,000 were made to the allowance for loan losses to reflect management’s evaluation of specific portfolio risks and probable loss experience on existing credits in the months ahead. The provisions, which are charged against income, represent an increase of $130,000 over the previous year. The allowance now stands at $2.168 million or 1.15% of total loans. Prior to the charge off of several problem credits in 2005, the allowance had been $2.629 million or 1.37% of total loans in 2004.
Net Income for 2005 was $4.334 million or $1.00 per share. The Company earned $4.843 million or $1.13 per share in 2004. Return on average assets was 0.98% and return on average equity was 8.73%.
 
2  


Table of Contents

 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
As of December 31, 2005 total assets are $459 million as compared to $446 million at December 31, 2004. Total loans decreased year-over-year by $3.6 million or 1.9% while deposits increased by $5.5 million or 1.6%.
Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 is $48.3 million, which is below the $49.4 million recorded at December 31, 2004. This decrease has primarily resulted from the $0.85 per share cash dividends, the $0.22 per share special dividend and the 3% stock dividend.
The overall outlook of the local economy, the compression of the interest margin, increases in employee healthcare costs and other operational issues were considered as factors when preparing our annual performance budgets. As such, the actual 2005 operating results were not significantly different from the expectations established at the beginning of the year. Many of these same factors will continue to affect our operating results in 2006. Faced with the challenge of addressing these and other issues, the Board of Directors and the Company’s management team is, nonetheless, committed to improving upon the profit results realized in 2005.
As planning for 2006 begins, management and the board have begun to focus on implementing short term and long term strategic initiatives. Eventually these initiatives will be incorporated into a comprehensive corporate strategic plan. Integral to the plan will be specific initiatives to grow loan and deposit portfolios, maximize core earnings and enhance shareholder value.
Among the strategic initiatives are product enhancement strategies targeting loan and deposit growth. In regard to product enhancements in the lending area, a 10 year fixed rate commercial real estate product designed to attract new customers and to build portfolio balances is currently being marketed through the subsidiary bank. Initial lender field reports indicate that there is considerable interest in this product. The mortgage area of the bank will also continue to promote the Welcome Home program, a down payment assistance program offered through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati. Additional enhancements to loan products will also be considered for the home equity and consumer loan areas.
In terms of branching strategies, management and the board are performing an assessment of each branching location. For some branch locations, tangible improvements are being made to existing facilities so that the offices are aesthetically appealing and promote an invitation to bank with the Cortland Savings and Banking Company. For other branch locations, construction of more modern facilities is being considered. Finally, opportunities to expand to new communities is also under consideration.
Cash dividends, as adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 3% stock dividend, of $1.07 per share in 2005 represents a 5.26% yield. In 2004, cash dividends, again adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 3% stock dividend, were $1.04 per share, representing a 4.45% yield. Through the years, shareholder value has been enhanced through favorable dividend payouts including a special dividend paid in each of the last 12 years. Although the special dividend was never intended to be a permanent dividend, it has become popular with shareholders, nonetheless. Although dividends for future periods will obviously be affected by company performance, we anticipate that the dividends paid to our shareholders will be among some of the better payouts for banks in our area. And of course, to add value, shareholders will continue to have the option to have their dividends automatically reinvested in the common stock of the Company.
Whether the objective be to improve products, service or shareholder value, management and the board will continue to evaluate and implement those initiatives that meet the short term and long term performance goals of the Company. It is our intent to develop a comprehensive strategic plan which defines the Company’s mission as a community bank and which will lead to prosperity in 2006 and for years to come. On behalf of the Board of Directors, I thank you for your continued confidence and support.
Sincerely,
-S- KARL R. MAHAN
Karl R. Mahan
Chairman
 
  3


Table of Contents

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
CORTLAND BANCORP
Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. On March 13, 2000, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve system approved the Company’s application to become a financial holding company as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The principal activity of the Company is to own, manage and supervise the Cortland Savings and Banking Company (“Cortland Banks” or the “Bank”). The Company owns all of the outstanding shares of the Bank.
The Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and, in management’s opinion, well managed. Cortland Bancorp owns no property. Operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.
The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or group of customers.
NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY
New Resources Leasing Company was formed in December 1988 as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial and consumer lending. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation.
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS
AND BANKING COMPANY
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company is a full service state bank engaged in commercial and retail banking and trust services. The Bank’s services include checking accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Cortland Banks also offers a variety of Internet Banking products as well as discount brokerage services.
Business is conducted at a total of thirteen offices, eight of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. Two offices are located in the communities of Windham and Mantua, in Portage County, Ohio. One office is located in the community of Williamsfield, Ashtabula County, Ohio, while two are located in the community of Boardman, Mahoning County, Ohio.
Cortland Bank’s main office (as described in its charter) is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. Administrative offices are located at the main office. The Brookfield, Windham, Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza and both Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are owned by Cortland Banks.
The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to periodic examination and regulation by both the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to the statutory limit of $100,000 per customer.
COMPETITION
Cortland Banks actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeast Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer services offered.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2005 the Company through its subsidiary bank, employed 144 full-time and 30 part-time employees. The Company provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans, and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.
 
4  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
REPORT ON MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Cortland Bancorp is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.
We, as management of Cortland Bancorp, are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2005, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the Internal Control-Integrated Framework . Packer Thomas, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
-S- RODGER W. PLATT

Rodger W. Platt
Interim President and
Chief Executive
Officer
  -S- JAMES M. GASIOR

James M. Gasior
Secretary
Chief Financial
Officer
 
Cortland, Ohio
February 3, 2006
   
 
  5


Table of Contents

REPORT OF PACKER THOMAS
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Cortland Bancorp
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. We also have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Cortland Bancorp’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, an opinion on management’s assessment, and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment that Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Furthermore, in our opinion, Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
  -S- PACKER THOMAS
  Packer Thomas
Youngstown, Ohio
February 3, 2006
 
6  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
                                 
    2005   2004   2003
             
Interest income
                       
 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 12,941     $ 12,383     $ 13,039  
 
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
                       
   
Taxable interest
    4,387       3,501       3,068  
   
Nontaxable interest
    2,162       2,553       2,473  
   
Dividends
    167       135       132  
 
Interest on mortgage-backed securities
    3,810       3,633       4,009  
 
Interest on trading account securities
                    69  
 
Other interest income
    119       83       117  
                   
     
Total interest income
    23,586       22,288       22,907  
                   
Interest expense
                       
 
Deposits
    6,159       5,787       5,819  
 
Borrowed funds
    2,506       2,223       2,313  
                   
     
Total interest expense
    8,665       8,010       8,132  
                   
       
Net interest income
    14,921       14,278       14,775  
       
Provision for loan losses (Note 4)
    545       415       240  
                   
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    14,376       13,863       14,535  
                   
Other income
                       
 
Fees for other customer services
    2,254       2,327       1,636  
 
Investment securities gains - net
    308       1,052       946  
 
Trading securities gains - net
                    265  
 
Gain on sale of loans - net
    89       54       470  
 
Other real estate losses - net
    (3 )     (171 )        
 
Other non-interest income
    467       569       532  
                   
     
Total other income
    3,115       3,831       3,849  
                   
Other expenses
                       
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    7,052       6,722       6,586  
 
Net occupancy and equipment expense
    1,870       1,853       1,963  
 
State and local taxes
    548       544       524  
 
Office supplies
    338       346       347  
 
Legal and litigation expense (Note 16)
    119       103       152  
 
Bank exam and audit expense
    427       515       349  
 
Marketing expense
    245       182       177  
 
Other operating expenses
    1,601       1,596       1,431  
                   
     
Total other expenses
    12,200       11,861       11,529  
                   
Income before federal income taxes
    5,291       5,833       6,855  
Federal income taxes (Note 10)
    957       990       1,371  
                   
Net income
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
                   
Net income per share, both basic and diluted (Note 1)
  $ 1.00     $ 1.13     $ 1.26  
                   
Dividends declared per share
  $ 1.07     $ 1.04     $ 1.01  
                   
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
  7


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
                       
    2005   2004
         
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,587     $ 9,397  
Federal funds sold
    4,650       3,500  
             
 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    19,237       12,897  
             
Investment securities available for sale (Note 2)
    113,247       121,348  
Investment securities held to maturity (approximate
market value of $121,395 in 2005 and $106,210 in 2004) (Note 2)
    121,405       104,493  
Total loans (Note 3)
    188,202       191,777  
 
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 4)
    (2,168 )     (2,629 )
             
 
Net loans
    186,034       189,148  
             
Premises and equipment (Note 5)
    4,088       4,369  
Other assets
    15,690       14,138  
             
     
Total assets
  $ 459,701     $ 446,393  
             
 
LIABILITIES
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 61,782     $ 58,394  
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 6)
    288,593       286,525  
             
 
Total deposits
    350,375       344,919  
             
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings (Note 7)
    58,111       47,889  
Other liabilities
    2,890       4,187  
             
     
Total liabilities
    411,376       396,995  
             
 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 8 and 16)
               
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares;
issued 4,504,576 shares in 2005 and 4,373,735 shares in 2004 (Note 1)
    22,523       21,869  
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1)
    20,211       18,531  
Retained earnings
    10,310       13,131  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (Note 1)
    (877 )     1,061  
Treasury stock, at cost, 155,945 shares in 2005 and 204,635 shares in 2004
    (3,842 )     (5,194 )
             
   
Total shareholders’ equity (Notes 15 and 17)
    48,325       49,398  
             
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 459,701     $ 446,393  
             
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
8  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
                                                     
                Accumulated       Total
        Additional       Other       Share-
    Common   Paid-In   Retained   Comprehensive   Treasury   holders
    Stock   Capital   Earnings   Income (Loss)   Stock   Equity
                         
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 20,617     $ 13,323     $ 17,810     $ 3,165     $ (2,876 )   $ 52,039  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
 
Net income
                    5,484                       5,484  
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
   
Unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            (962 )             (962 )
                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                            4,522  
                                     
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
 
Treasury shares repurchased net of shares reissued
            230                       (2,550 )     (2,320 )
 
Cash dividends declared ($.79 per share)
                    (3,485 )                     (3,485 )
 
Special cash dividend ($.22 per share)
                    (864 )                     (864 )
 
3% stock dividend
    617       2,916       (3,533 )                        
 
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (11 )                     (11 )
                                     
Balance at December 31, 2003
    21,234       16,469       15,401       2,203       (5,426 )     49,881  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
 
Net income
                    4,843                       4,843  
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
   
Unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            (1,142 )             (1,142 )
                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                            3,701  
                                     
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
 
Treasury shares reissued net of shares repurchased
            30                       232       262  
 
Cash dividends declared ($.82 per share)
                    (3,547 )                     (3,547 )
 
Special cash dividend ($.22 per share)
                    (890 )                     (890 )
 
3% stock dividend
    635       2,032       (2,667 )                        
 
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (9 )                     (9 )
                                     
Balance at December 31, 2004
    21,869       18,531       13,131       1,061       (5,194 )     49,398  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
 
Net income
                    4,334                       4,334  
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
   
Unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            (1,938 )             (1,938 )
                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                            2,396  
                                     
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
 
Treasury shares reissued net of shares repurchased
            (184 )                     1,352       1,168  
 
Cash dividends declared ($.85 per share)
                    (3,701 )                     (3,701 )
 
Special cash dividend ($.22 per share)
                    (929 )                     (929 )
 
3% stock dividend
    654       1,864       (2,518 )                        
 
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (7 )                     (7 )
                                     
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 22,523     $ 20,211     $ 10,310     $ (877 )   $ (3,842 )   $ 48,325  
                                     
DISCLOSURE OF RECLASSIFICATION FOR AVAILABLE
FOR SALE SECURITY GAINS AND LOSSES:
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Unrealized holding (losses) on available for sale securities arising during
the period net of tax of $(894), $(231), and $(174)
  $ (1,735 )   $ (448 )   $ (338 )
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income,
net of tax of $105, $358, and $322,
    203       694       624  
                   
Net unrealized (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax
  $ (1,938 )   $ (1,142 )   $ (962 )
                   
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
  9


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                                 
    2005   2004   2003
             
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
 
Net income
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    1,469       2,176       2,382  
   
Provision for loan loss
    545       415       240  
   
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
    50       (129 )     135  
   
Investment securities gains
    (308 )     (1,052 )     (946 )
   
Gains on sales of loans
    (89 )     (54 )     (470 )
   
Other real estate losses
    3       171          
   
Loans originated for sale
    (6,618 )     (3,993 )     (25,757 )
   
Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale
    6,707       4,150       28,146  
   
Changes in:
                       
     
Interest and fees receivable
    (341 )     148       131  
     
Interest payable
    (30 )     (111 )     49  
     
Other assets and liabilities
    (1,447 )     818       (2,346 )
                   
       
Net cash flows from operating activities
    4,275       7,382       7,048  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (19,593 )     (68,146 )     (64,960 )
 
Purchases of securities held to maturity
    (47,280 )     (43,601 )     (62,165 )
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
    1,479       32,523       8,114  
 
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on securities
    53,082       73,934       93,982  
 
Net decrease (increase) in loans made to customers
    2,462       (2,812 )     (866 )
 
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate
    22       815       21  
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (316 )     (127 )     (333 )
                   
       
Net cash flows from investing activities
    (10,144 )     (7,414 )     (26,207 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
 
Net increase (decrease) in deposit accounts
    5,456       7,363       1,798  
 
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
    10,222       3       1,217  
 
Dividends paid
    (4,637 )     (4,446 )     (4,360 )
 
Purchases of treasury stock
    (3 )     (1,032 )     (3,641 )
 
Treasury shares reissued
    1,171       1,294       1,321  
                   
       
Net cash flows from financing activities
    12,209       3,182       (3,665 )
                   
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    6,340       3,150       (22,824 )
                   
Cash and cash equivalents
                       
 
Beginning of year
    12,897       9,747       32,571  
                   
 
End of year
  $ 19,237     $ 12,897     $ 9,747  
                   
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
10  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cortland Bancorp (the Company) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the Bank) and New Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Industry Segment Information:  The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through its subsidiary bank, grants residential, consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania area.
Use of Estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash Flow:  Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions.
The Company paid interest of $8,695,000, $8,121,000, and $8,083,000 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes was $993,000 in 2005, $1,005,000 in 2004 and $1,320,000 in 2003. Transfers of loans to other real estate were, $107,000 in 2005, $196,000 in 2003 and none in 2004.
Investment Securities:  Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held to maturity, trading or available for sale. Securities classified as held to maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as available for sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though management has no present intentions to do so.
Securities held to maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, with such amortization or accretion included in interest income. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest on securities is accrued and credited to operations based on the principal balance outstanding, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
Unrealized losses on corporate bonds have not been recognized into income. Management has the intent and ability to hold these securities for the foreseeable future. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity date and/or market conditions become more favorable to the bonds’ intrinsic value.
Trading Securities:  Trading securities are principally held with the intention of selling in the near term and are carried at market value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account securities are recognized in the Statement of Income as they occur. The Company did not hold any trading securities at December 31, 2005 or 2004. During 2003, trading activity produced purchases of $23,680,000 and sales of $23,945,000, resulting in a net gain of $265,000. There was no trading activity in 2005 or 2004.
Loans:  Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan yield over the contractual life using the level yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The accrual of interest is
 
(Continued)
  11


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally a loan is placed on nonaccrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as nonaccrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings.
Loans Held for Sale:  The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. For the majority of loan sales, the Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. In addition, the Company may periodically identify other loans which may be sold. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried, in the aggregate, at the lower of cost or estimated market value based on secondary market prices. To mitigate interest rate risk, the Company may obtain fixed commitments to sell such loans at the time loans are originated or identified as being held for sale. Such a commitment would be referred to as a derivative loan commitment if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 (“SFAS 149”), Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. No such commitments existed as of December 31, 2005.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments:  Because some loans may not be repaid in full, an allowance for loan losses is recorded. Increases to the allowance consist of provisions for loan losses charged to expense and recoveries of previously charged-off loans. Reductions to the allowance result from the charge-off of loans deemed uncollectable by management. After a loan is charged-off, collection efforts continue and future recoveries may occur.
A loan is considered impaired when it appears probable that all principal and interest amounts will not be collected according to the loan contract. Allowances for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value using the loan’s effective interest rate. Allowances for loan losses for impaired loans that are collateral dependent are generally determined based on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in the aggregate. Such loans include one-to-four family residential, home equity and consumer loans. Commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Impaired loans are generally classified as nonaccrual loans.
Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Management evaluates the portfolio in light of economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, industry standards and other relevant factors. Specific factors considered by management in determining the amounts charged to operations include previous loss experience; the status of past due interest and principal payments; the quality of financial information supplied by customers; the cash flow coverage and trends evidenced by financial information supplied by customers; the nature and estimated value of any collateral supporting specific loan credits; risk classifications determined
 
(Continued)
12  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
by the Company’s loan review systems or as the result of regulatory examination process; and general economic conditions in the lending area of the Company’s bank subsidiary. Key risk factors and assumptions are dynamically updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances. While management may periodically allocate portions of the allowance for specific problem loans, the entire allowance is available for any charge-offs that occur.
The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the balance sheet within accrued expenses and other liabilities, while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other expense.
Certain asset-specific loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.
The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.
Premises and Equipment:  Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets. Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized.
Other Real Estate:  Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets. Such real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction from the carrying value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent reduction in fair market value is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense.
Intangible Asset:  A core deposit intangible asset resulting from a branch acquisition is being amortized over a 15 year period. The intangible asset, net of accumulated amortization, was $171,000 and $208,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in other assets. The annual expense was $37,000 at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next four years is $37,000 per year, and $23,000 in the fifth year.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance:  Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash value of the policies is included in other assets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive investment yields.
 
(Continued)
  13


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Advertising:  The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.
Income Taxes:  A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
Other Comprehensive Income:  Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company is comprised solely of unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax.
Per Share Amounts:  The Board of Directors declared 3% common stock dividends payable as of January 1, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The 3% common stock dividend issued on January 1, 2006 resulted in the issuance of 130,841 shares of common stock, which have been included in the 4,504,576 shares reported as issued at December 31, 2005.
Basic and diluted earnings per share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Average shares outstanding and per share amounts have been restated to give retroactive effect to the 3% common stock dividend of January 1, 2006. Average shares outstanding and per share amounts similarly reflect the impact of the Company’s stock repurchase program (see Note 17).
The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net income ($000 omitted)
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,330,483       4,278,628       4,337,472  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.00     $ 1.13     $ 1.26  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.00     $ 1.13     $ 1.26  
Off Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:  Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
Reclassifications:  Certain items in the financial statements for 2004 and 2003 have been reclassified to conform to the 2005 presentation.
New Accounting Standards:  In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)  115-and 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments”. This FSP provides guidance on when an investment in a debt or equity security should be considered impaired, when that impairment should be considered other-than-temporary, and measurement of the impairment loss. An investment is considered impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. If, after consideration of all available evidence to evaluate the realizable value of the investment, impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, then an impairment loss should be recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and its fair value. The guidance also clarifies that an impairment loss should be recognized no later than when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary, even if a decision to sell has not been made. This FSP nullifies certain provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No.  03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” while retaining the disclosure
 
(Continued)
14  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
requirements of EITF  03-1 which were adopted in 2003. FSP 115-1 and 124-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company applied the guidance in this FSP in 2005.
In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS No. 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle and changes the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. APB No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not believe there will be any material impact on its earnings, cash flows and/or financial position upon adoption of SFAS No. 154.
 
(Continued)
  15


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The following is a summary of investment securities:
(Amounts in thousands)
                                   
        Gross   Gross   Estimated
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
    Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
                 
December 31, 2005
Investment securities available for sale
                       
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 14,010     $ 34     $ 196     $ 13,848  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    11,372       506       6       11,872  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    61,494       314       1,174       60,634  
Corporate securities
    24,307       50       857       23,500  
                         
 
Total debt securities
    111,183       904       2,233       109,854  
Other securities
    3,393                       3,393  
                         
 
Total available for sale
  $ 114,576     $ 904     $ 2,233     $ 113,247  
                         
Investment securities held to maturity                        
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 148     $ 2     $       $ 150  
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    66,057       5       943       65,119  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    32,842       1,307       23       34,126  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    22,358       14       372       22,000  
                         
 
Total held to maturity
  $ 121,405     $ 1,328     $ 1,338     $ 121,395  
                         
December 31, 2004
Investment securities available for sale
                       
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 1,192     $ 254     $       $ 1,446  
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    21,687       215       40       21,862  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    10,900       741               11,641  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    66,643       802       302       67,143  
Corporate securities
    16,081       22       87       16,016  
                         
 
Total debt securities
    116,503       2,034       429       118,108  
Other securities
    3,240                       3,240  
                         
 
Total available for sale
  $ 119,743     $ 2,034     $ 429     $ 121,348  
                         
Investment securities held to maturity
                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 152     $ 5     $       $ 157  
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    46,210       172       192       46,190  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    34,048       1,870       21       35,897  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    24,083       103       220       23,966  
                         
 
Total held to maturity
  $ 104,493     $ 2,150     $ 433     $ 106,210  
                         
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, other securities consisted of $3,167,000 and $3,014,000 in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, respectively, and $226,000 in Federal Reserve Board (FED) stock. Each investment is carried at cost, and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of membership in order to transact business with the FHLB and the FED.
 
(Continued)
16  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
(Amounts in thousands)
                   
    December 31, 2005
     
    Amortized   Estimated
    Cost   Fair Value
         
Investment securities available for sale
               
Due in one year or less
  $       $    
Due after one year through five years
    11,082       11,001  
Due after five years through ten years
    3,381       2,690  
Due after ten years
    35,226       35,529  
             
 
Subtotal
    49,689       49,220  
Mortgage-backed securities
    61,494       60,634  
             
 
Total
  $ 111,183     $ 109,854  
             
Investment securities held to maturity
               
Due in one year or less
  $ 48     $ 47  
Due after one year through five years
    3,217       3,145  
Due after five years through ten years
    34,453       34,256  
Due after ten years
    61,329       61,947  
             
 
Subtotal
    99,047       99,395  
Mortgage-backed securities
    22,358       22,000  
             
 
Total
  $ 121,405     $ 121,395  
             
The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended December 31:
(Amounts in thousands)
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Proceeds
  $ 13,563     $ 43,339     $ 20,115  
Gross realized gains
    308       1,074       948  
Gross realized losses
            22       2  
Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $64,082,000 at December 31, 2005 and $48,114,000 at December 31, 2004 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes.
 
(Continued)
  17


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at December 31, 2005:
(Amounts in thousands)
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
             
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
    Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
                         
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 53,229     $ 734     $ 19,359     $ 405     $ 72,588     $ 1,139  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    893       8       857       21       1,750       29  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    33,976       522       32,556       1,024       66,532       1,546  
Corporate securities
    9,928       840       2,996       17       12,924       857  
                                     
    $ 98,026     $ 2,104     $ 55,768     $ 1,467     $ 153,794     $ 3,571  
                                     
The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at December 31, 2004:
(Amounts in thousands)
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
             
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
    Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
                         
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 14,692     $ 135     $ 8,099     $ 97     $ 22,791     $ 232  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
                    859       21       859       21  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    27,317       247       19,591       275       46,908       522  
Corporate securities
    7,004       61       2,000       26       9,004       87  
                                     
    $ 49,013     $ 443     $ 30,549     $ 419     $ 79,562     $ 862  
                                     
The above table represents 207 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.
The unrealized losses on the Bank’s investment in mortgage-backed and related securities were caused by interest rate increases. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Bank’s investment because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity. The Bank does not consider those investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.
The Bank’s unrealized loss on investments in corporate securities relates to a $2,350,000 investment in the General Motors Corporation. The unrealized loss was primarily caused by (a) a recent decrease in profitability and profit forecasts by industry analysts resulting from intense competitive pressure in the automotive industry and (b) recent sector downgrade by industry analysts. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit General Motors Corporation to settle the security at a price less than the
 
(Continued)
18  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
amortized cost of the investment. While the General Motors Corporation credit rating has decreased from A3 to B1 (Moodys), the Bank believes it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the investment. Therefore, it is expected that the bonds would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment. Because the Bank has the ability and intent to hold the investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, it does not consider the investment in the General Motors Corporate notes to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.
NOTE 3 - LOANS RECEIVABLE
The following is a summary of loans:
(Amounts in thousands)
                   
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
1-4 family residential mortgage loans
  $ 59,910     $ 61,238  
Commercial mortgage loans
    90,983       94,019  
Consumer loans
    6,714       6,087  
Commercial loans
    19,767       19,188  
Home equity loans
    10,828       11,245  
             
 
Total loans
  $ 188,202     $ 191,777  
             
NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended:
(Amounts in thousands)
                           
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 2,629     $ 2,408     $ 3,134  
Loan charge-offs
    (1,119 )     (264 )     (1,120 )
Recoveries
    113       70       154  
                   
 
Net loan charge-offs
    (1,006 )     (194 )     (966 )
Provision charged to operations
    545       415       240  
                   
Balance at end of year
  $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408  
                   
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued because circumstances indicate that collection is questionable amounted to $3,746,000, $3,395,000 and $2,067,000 at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest income on these loans, if accrued, would have increased pretax income by approximately $266,000, $195,000 and $135,000 for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Impaired loans are generally included in nonaccrual loans. Management does not individually evaluate certain smaller balance loans for impairment as such loans are evaluated on an aggregate basis. These loans generally include 1-4 family, consumer and home equity loans. Impaired loans are generally evaluated using the fair value of collateral as the measurement method. At December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and
 
(Continued)
  19


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
December 31, 2003, the recorded investment in impaired loans was $1,857,000, $2,985,000 and $871,000 while the allocated portion of the allowance for loan losses for such loans was $714,000, $1,355,000 and $177,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans using the cash basis was $51,000 for 2005, $100,000 for 2004 and $42,000 for 2003.
There were no renegotiated loans for which interest has been reduced and that are still accruing interest at December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
As of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were $5,304,000, $5,622,000 and $2,113,000 in loans that were neither classified as nonaccrual nor considered impaired, but which can be considered potential problem loans.
Any loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention that have not been disclosed above do not (i) represent or result from trends or uncertainties which management reasonably expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources, or (ii) represent material credits about which management is aware of any information which causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.
NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The following is a summary of premises and equipment:
(Amounts in thousands)
                   
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Land
  $ 703     $ 692  
Premises
    5,668       5,550  
Equipment
    9,430       9,263  
Leasehold improvements
    281       281  
             
      16,082       15,786  
Less accumulated depreciation
    11,994       11,417  
             
 
Net book value
  $ 4,088     $ 4,369  
             
Depreciation expense was $597,000 for 2005, $630,000 for 2004 and $737,000 for 2003.
 
(Continued)
20  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS
The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits:
(Amounts in thousands)
                     
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Demand
  $ 29,677     $ 28,723  
Money Market
    17,866       18,971  
Savings
    86,359       90,432  
Time:
               
 
In denominations under $100,000
    109,488       113,522  
 
In denominations of $100,000 or more
    45,203       34,877  
             
   
Total
  $ 288,593     $ 286,525  
             
The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities:
(Amounts in thousands)
                                                   
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
    Certificates   Other Time       Certificates   Other Time    
    of Deposit   Deposits   Total   of Deposit   Deposits   Total
                         
Three months or less
  $ 10,760     $ 100     $ 10,860     $ 7,480     $ 805     $ 8,285  
Three to six months
    11,521       334       11,855       4,397       263       4,660  
Six to twelve months
    6,428       350       6,778       4,490       100       4,590  
One through five years
    7,195       1,647       8,842       9,250       1,523       10,773  
Over five years
    1,829       5,039       6,868       1,899       4,670       6,569  
                                     
 
Total
  $ 37,733     $ 7,470     $ 45,203     $ 27,516     $ 7,361     $ 34,877  
                                     
 
(Continued)
  21


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS
The following is a summary of total Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings:
(Amounts in thousands)
                               
    Weighted    
    Average   December 31,
    Interest    
    Rate   2005   2004
             
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
                       
Variable rate Prime based Federal Home Loan Bank advances, with monthly interest payments:
                       
 
Due in 2007
    4.6000 %   $ 5,000     $    
Fixed rate and convertible fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances, with monthly interest payments:
                       
 
Due in 2006
    4.6600 %     2,000          
 
Due in 2007
    4.2580 %     10,000       6,000  
 
Due in 2008
    5.6340 %     5,000       5,000  
 
Due in 2009
    5.1600 %     10,000       10,000  
 
Due in 2010
    5.9293 %     13,500       13,500  
 
Due in 2011
    4.9553 %     9,500       9,500  
                   
   
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    5.1235 %     55,000       44,000  
Other borrowings
                       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    2.9570 %     2,336       2,675  
U.S. Treasury interest-bearing demand note
    3.9520 %     775       1,214  
                   
   
Total other borrowings
    3.2049 %     3,111       3,889  
                   
     
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings
    5.0207 %   $ 58,111     $ 47,889  
                   
Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements that the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. There are $6.8 million in securities, allocated for this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks.
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances are collateralized by the FHLB stock owned by the Bank, which had a carrying value of $3,167,200 at December 31, 2005, and a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio, $17,097,000 in collateralized mortgage obligations and $5,415,000 in Federal Agency Securities. Maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled $60,814,000 at December 31, 2005.
As of both December 31, 2005 and 2004, $38,000,000 of the FHLB fixed rate advances are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to convert, the Company acquires the right to prepay any or all of the borrowing at the time of conversion and on any interest payment due date, thereafter, without penalty.
NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS
The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2008. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Rental and lease expense was
 
(Continued)
22  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS (Continued)
$295,000 for 2005, $287,000 for 2004, and $286,000 for 2003. The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current noncancelable operating leases for office facilities:
(Amounts in thousands)
             
Years ending:
       
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 188  
 
December 31, 2007
    83  
 
December 31, 2008
    27  
       
   
Total
  $ 298  
       
At December 31, 2005, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $5,296,000 in order to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. These amounts do not earn interest.
The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgages, and consumer loans to customers in Northeast Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 3.31% of total loans are unsecured at December 31, 2005, compared to 2.84% at December 31, 2004.
The Company currently does not enter into derivative financial instruments including futures, forwards, interest rate risk swaps, option contracts, or other financial instruments with similar characteristics. The Company also does not participate in any partnerships or other special purpose entities that might give rise to off-balance sheet liabilities.
The Company, through its subsidiary bank, is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such instruments involve, to varying degrees elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts or those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, is based on management’s credit evaluation.
 
(Continued)
  23


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS (Continued)
The following is a summary of such contractual commitments:
(Amounts in thousands)
                     
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Financial instruments whose contract
amounts represent credit risk:
               
 
Commitments to extend credit
               
   
Fixed rate
  $ 2,101     $ 1,506  
   
Variable rate
    39,180       30,400  
 
Standby letters of credit
    1,195       1,455  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Generally these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
The Company’s subsidiary bank also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue this service without prior notice. The available amount of overdraft protection on depositors’ accounts at December 31, 2005, totaled $6,191,000. The total average daily balance of overdrafts used in 2005 was $126,000, or approximately 2% of the total aggregate overdraft protection available to depositors.
NOTE 9 - BENEFIT PLANS
The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (a 401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total expense under the plan was $224,000 for 2005, $215,000 for 2004 and $211,000 for 2003. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of 15% of gross wages or $14,000, whichever is less. The Bank makes monthly contributions to this plan equal to amounts accrued for plan expense.
The Bank and Bancorp provide supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non officer directors. The plan for officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. The amount of each officer’s benefit is determined by their salary at retirement as well as their other sources of retirement income. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years
 
(Continued)
24  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 9 - BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
following retirement. The Bank and Bancorp accrue the cost of these post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2005, the cumulative expense accrued for these benefits totaled $1,283,000, with $1,052,000 accrued for the officers’ plan and $231,000 for the directors’ plan.
The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Bancorp has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan. At December 31, 2005, the cumulative income accrued on these contracts totaled $1,681,000 on a tax equivalent basis, with $1,166,000 accrued on the officers’ contracts and $515,000 on the directors’ contracts.
NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The composition of income tax expense is as follows:
(Amounts in thousands)
                           
    Years Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Current
  $ 907     $ 1,119     $ 1,236  
Deferred
    50       (129 )     135  
                   
 
Total
  $ 957     $ 990     $ 1,371  
                   
The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets (liabilities):
(Amounts in thousands)
                             
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Gross deferred tax assets:
                       
 
Provision for loan and other real estate losses
  $ 413     $ 570     $ 495  
 
AMT credit
    29       29          
 
Other items
    641       494       386  
 
Loan origination cost - net
    28       6       (2 )
 
Unrealized loss (gain) on available for sale securities
    452       (547 )     (1,135 )
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
                       
 
Depreciation
    (387 )     (389 )     (343 )
 
Other items
    (498 )     (434 )     (389 )
                   
   
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ 678     $ (271 )   $ (988 )
                   
The Company has an alternative minimum tax credit which can be carried forward indefinitely.
 
(Continued)
  25


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (Continued)
The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision:
(Amounts in thousands)
                           
    Years Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Statutory tax
  $ 1,798     $ 1,983     $ 2,331  
Effect of non-taxable income
    (921 )     (1,084 )     (1,052 )
Effect of non-deductible expense
    80       91       92  
                   
 
Total income taxes
  $ 957     $ 990     $ 1,371  
                   
The related income tax expense on investment securities gains and losses amounted to $105,000 for 2005, $358,000 for 2004 and $321,000 for 2003, and is included in the total federal income tax provision.
NOTE 11 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
(Amounts in thousands)
                                 
    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004
         
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
    Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value
                 
ASSETS:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 14,587     $ 14,587     $ 9,397     $ 9,397  
Federal Funds sold
    4,650       4,650       3,500       3,500  
Investment securities
    234,652       234,642       225,841       227,558  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
    186,034       184,389       189,148       188,508  
LIABILITIES:
                               
Demand and savings deposits
  $ 195,684     $ 195,684     $ 196,520     $ 196,520  
Time deposits
    154,691       154,608       148,399       150,362  
FHLB advances
    55,000       54,957       44,000       44,305  
Other borrowings
    3,111       3,111       3,889       3,889  
For purposes of the above disclosures of estimated fair value, the following assumptions were used as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. The estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents is considered to approximate cost. The estimated fair value for securities is based on quoted market values for individual securities or for equivalent securities when specific quoted prices are not available. Carrying value is considered to approximate fair value for loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings that reprice frequently and for deposit liabilities subject to immediate withdrawal. The fair values of loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings and time deposits that reprice less frequently are approximated by a discount rate
 
(Continued)
26  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 11 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
valuation technique utilizing estimated market interest rates as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. The fair value of unrecorded commitments at December 31, 2005 and 2004, is not material.
In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the above disclosures, such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
NOTE 12 - REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum ratio of 4% both for total Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and for Tier I risk-based capital to average assets, and (2) a minimum ratio of 8% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets.
Under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company is categorized as well capitalized, which requires minimum capital ratios of 10% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, 6% for Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, and 5% for Tier I risk-based capital to average assets (also known as the leverage ratio). There are no conditions or events since the most recent communication from regulators that management believes would change the Company’s category.
                                   
    (Amounts in thousands)
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
                 
Total Risk-Based Capital
  $ 51,220             $ 50,793          
 
Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets
            21.16 %             22.07 %
Tier I Risk-Based Capital
  $ 49,031             $ 48,129          
 
Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets
            20.25 %             20.91 %
 
Ratio to Average Assets
            11.05 %             10.88 %
Tier I risk-based capital is shareholders’ equity less intangibles and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available for sale. Total risk-based capital is Tier I risk-based capital plus the qualifying portion of the allowance for loan losses. Assets and certain off balance sheet items adjusted in
 
(Continued)
  27


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 12 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)
accordance with risk classification comprise risk-weighted assets of $242,106,000 and $230,133,000 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Assets less intangibles and the net unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available for sale averaged $443,677,000 and $442,428,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
NOTE 13 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Certain directors, executive officers and companies with which they are affiliated were loan customers during 2005. The following is an analysis of such loans:
(Amounts in thousands)
           
Total loans at December 31, 2004
  $ 630  
New loans
    1,335  
Repayments or other
    (115 )
       
 
Total loans at December 31, 2005
  $ 1,850  
       
NOTE 14 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the parent’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries since inception, adjusted for any unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities.
BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands)
                     
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Assets:
               
 
Cash
  $ 3,102     $ 3,201  
 
Investment securities available for sale
    587       836  
 
Investment in bank subsidiary
    42,435       43,368  
 
Investment in non-bank subsidiary
    15       15  
 
Other assets
    2,447       2,336  
             
      $ 48,586     $ 49,756  
             
Liabilities:
               
 
Other liabilities
  $ 261     $ 358  
 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock (Note 1)
    22,523       21,869  
 
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1)
    20,211       18,531  
 
Retained earnings
    10,310       13,131  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (877 )     1,061  
 
Treasury stock
    (3,842 )     (5,194 )
             
   
Total shareholders’ equity
    48,325       49,398  
             
      $ 48,586     $ 49,756  
             
 
(Continued)
28  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
NOTE 14 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands)
                             
    Years ended December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Dividends from bank subsidiary
  $ 3,500     $ 3,500     $ 4,000  
Interest and dividend income
    56       166       180  
Investment securities gains
    0       88       192  
Other income
    70       81       77  
Other expenses
    (270 )     (299 )     (184 )
                   
 
Income before income tax and equity in
undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    3,356       3,536       4,265  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    72       12       (63 )
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    906       1,295       1,282  
                   
   
Net income
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
                   
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
                               
    Years ended December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
 
Net income
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
   
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (906 )     (1,295 )     (1,282 )
   
Investment securities gains
            (88 )     (192 )
   
Accretion on securities
    3       38       31  
   
Deferred tax benefit
    (7 )     (7 )     (24 )
   
Change in other assets and liabilities
    (148 )     (570 )     95  
                   
     
Net cash flows from operating activities
    3,276       2,921       4,112  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
    (356 )             (3,007 )
 
Purchases of investment securities held to maturity
                       
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
            2,295       1,204  
 
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments
on securities
    450               1,305  
                   
     
Net cash flows from investing activities
    94       2,295       (498 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
 
Dividends paid
    (4,637 )     (4,446 )     (4,360 )
 
Net treasury shares (repurchased) reissued
    1,168       262       (2,320 )
                   
     
Net cash flows from financing activities
    (3,469 )     (4,184 )     (6,680 )
                   
 
Net change in cash
    (99 )     1,032       (3,066 )
Cash
                       
 
Beginning of year
    3,201       2,169       5,235  
                   
 
End of year
  $ 3,102     $ 3,201     $ 2,169  
                   
 
(Continued)
  29


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
 
NOTE 15 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
The Bank is subject to regulations of the Ohio Division of Banks which restrict dividends to retained earnings (as defined by statute) of the current and prior two years. Under this restriction, at December 31, 2005, approximately $3,482,000 is available for the payment of dividends by the Bank without seeking prior regulatory approval. In addition, dividend payments may not reduce capital levels below minimum regulatory guidelines.
NOTE 16 - LITIGATION
The Bank is involved in other legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.
NOTE 17 - STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On February 6, 2004, the Company concluded the fourth consecutive year of stock repurchase programs. These programs were approved and authorized each year by the Company’s Board of Directors. The following table shows the results of these programs.
                                             
                    Weighted
                    Average
            Number of   Cost of   Price
    Date Board   Date   Shares   Shares   Per
Program   Authorized   Expired   Repurchased   Repurchased   Share
                     
  “2000 Program”       January 26, 2000       February 3, 2001       138,218     $ 2,284     $ 16.51  
 
  “2001 Program”       January 23, 2001       February 6, 2002       51,321       987       19.32  
 
  “2002 Program”       January 22, 2002       February 6, 2003       114,073       2,848       25.02  
 
  “2003 Program”       January 28, 2003       February 6, 2004       137,869       4,170       30.24  
                                 
  Total                       441,481     $ 10,289     $ 23.31  
                                 
Currently, there is no stock repurchase program in effect.
 
(Continued)
30  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts)
                                           
    Years Ended December 31,
     
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS   2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
Total Interest Income
  $ 23,586     $ 22,288     $ 22,907     $ 26,911     $ 29,799  
Total Interest Expense
    8,665       8,010       8,132       10,004       13,823  
                               
NET INTEREST INCOME (NII)
    14,921       14,278       14,775       16,907       15,976  
Provision for Loan Losses
    545       415       240       460       220  
                               
NII After Loss Provision
    14,376       13,863       14,535       16,447       15,756  
Security gains (losses)
    308       1,052       946       215       386  
Gain on sale of loans
    89       54       470       318       269  
Total Other Income
    2,718       2,725       2,433       2,167       2,068  
                               
INCOME BEFORE EXPENSE
    17,491       17,694       18,384       19,147       18,479  
Total Other Expenses
    12,200       11,861       11,529       11,826       11,205  
                               
INCOME BEFORE TAX
    5,291       5,833       6,855       7,321       7,274  
Federal Income Tax
    957       990       1,371       1,579       1,728  
                               
NET INCOME
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484     $ 5,742     $ 5,546  
                               
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA
                                       
Assets
  $ 459,701     $ 446,393     $ 438,392     $ 437,598     $ 439,921  
Investments
    234,652       225,841       222,775       199,903       193,424  
Total Loans
    188,202       191,777       189,262       191,477       206,255  
Allowance for loan losses
    2,168       2,629       2,408       3,134       2,998  
Deposits
    350,375       344,919       337,556       335,758       337,661  
Borrowings
    58,111       47,889       47,886       46,669       49,362  
Shareholders’ Equity
    48,325       49,398       49,881       52,039       50,524  
 
AVERAGE BALANCES
                                       
Assets
  $ 444,487     $ 444,275     $ 436,239     $ 439,730     $ 434,830  
Investments
    221,844       216,560       204,599       197,679       189,672  
Net Loans
    190,329       191,428       188,360       198,049       205,585  
Deposits
    341,575       343,969       335,133       336,792       331,449  
Borrowings
    49,932       46,093       44,905       47,518       49,646  
Shareholders’ Equity
    49,665       49,828       51,807       51,797       50,000  
 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1)
                                       
Net Income, both Basic and Diluted
  $ 1.00     $ 1.13     $ 1.26     $ 1.30     $ 1.25  
Cash Dividends Declared
    1.07       1.04       1.01       0.98       0.88  
Book Value
    11.11       11.50       11.65       11.92       11.45  
 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
                                       
Loans 30 days or more beyond their contractual due date as a percent of total loans
    2.95 %     2.45 %     1.77 %     1.89 %     1.38 %
Underperforming Assets as a
Percentage of:
                                       
 
Total Assets
    0.83       0.76       0.70       0.51       0.26  
 
Equity plus Allowance for Loan Losses
    7.58       6.52       5.84       4.07       2.12  
 
Tier I Capital
    7.81       7.05       6.44       4.62       2.34  
 
FINANCIAL RATIOS
                                       
Return on Average Equity
    8.73 %     9.72 %     10.59 %     11.09 %     11.09 %
Return on Average Assets
    0.98       1.09       1.26       1.31       1.28  
Effective Tax Rate
    18.09       16.97       20.00       21.56       23.76  
Average Equity to Average Assets
    11.17       11.22       11.88       11.78       11.50  
Equity to Asset Ratio
    10.51       11.07       11.38       11.89       11.48  
Tangible Equity to Tangible Asset Ratio
    10.48       11.02       11.33       11.84       11.42  
Cash Dividend Payout Ratio
    107.00       91.45       79.85       74.83       70.92  
Net Interest Margin Ratio
    3.83       3.74       3.94       4.39       4.14  
(1) Basic and diluted earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding adjusted retroactively for stock dividends. Cash dividends per common share are based on actual cash dividends declared, adjusted retroactively for the stock dividends. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period, adjusted retroactively for the stock dividends.
 
  31


Table of Contents

THREE YEAR SUMMARY
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET, YIELDS AND RATES
 
The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and Shareholders’ equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances.
(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)
                             
    2005
     
    Average   Interest   Yield
    Balance   Earned   or
    Outstanding   or Paid   Rate
             
Interest-earning assets:
                       
 
Federal funds sold and other money markets
  $ 3,619     $ 119       3.3 %
 
Investment securities:
                       
   
U.S. Treasury and other U.S.
Government agencies and corporations
    67,402       3,259       4.8 %
   
U.S. Government mortgage-backed
pass through certificates
    84,928       3,810       4.5 %
   
States of the U.S. and political
subdivisions (Note 1, 2, 3)
    44,756       3,184       7.1 %
   
Other securities
    24,758       1,294       5.2 %
                   
TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES
    221,844       11,547       5.2 %
 
Loans (Note 2, 3, 4)
    192,873       13,040       6.8 %
 
Trading Account Securities
                       
                   
TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
    418,336     $ 24,706       5.9 %
                   
Non interest-earning assets:
                       
 
Cash and due from banks
    9,417                  
 
Premises and equipment
    4,316                  
 
Other
    12,418                  
                   
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 444,487                  
                   
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
 
Deposits:
                       
   
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 49,355     $ 389       0.8 %
   
Savings
    89,107       647       0.7 %
   
Time
    144,793       5,123       3.5 %
                   
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS
    283,255       6,159       2.2 %
                   
Borrowings:
                       
 
Federal funds purchased
    428       15       3.5 %
 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    2,540       59       2.3 %
 
Other borrowings under one year
    599       21       3.5 %
 
Other borrowings over one year
    46,365       2,411       5.2 %
                   
TOTAL BORROWINGS
    49,932       2,506       5.0 %
                   
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
    333,187     $ 8,665       2.6 %
                   
Non interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
 
Demand deposits
    58,320                  
 
Other liabilities
    3,315                  
 
Shareholders equity
    49,665                  
                   
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
  $ 444,487                  
                   
Net interest income
          $ 16,041          
                   
Net interest rate spread (Note 5)
                    3.3 %
                   
Net interest margin (Note 6)
                    3.8 %
                   
Note 1 –  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
Note 2 –  The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 34% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, and have been adjusted to reflect the effect of disallowed interest expense related to carrying tax exempt assets. Tax-free income from states of the U.S. and political subdivisions, and loans amounted to $2,156 and $209 for 2005, $2,545 and $193 for 2004 and $2,466 and $214 for 2003, respectively.
 
Note 3 –  Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all nonaccrual investment securities and loans. States and political subdivisions consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount less average allowance for estimated losses, and include both taxable and tax exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans less average unearned income.
 
32  


Table of Contents

 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)  
                                                 
    2004   2003
         
    Average   Interest   Yield   Average   Interest   Yield
    Balance   Earned   or   Balance   Earned   or
    Outstanding   or Paid   Rate   Outstanding   or Paid   Rate
                         
    $ 5,623     $ 83       1.5%     $ 10,338     $ 118       1.1%  
      62,418       2,920       4.7%       52,587       2,640       5.0%  
      85,357       3,634       4.3%       89,652       4,009       4.5%  
      53,832       3,764       7.0%       51,363       3,649       7.1%  
      14,953       716       4.8%       10,997       559       5.1%  
                                     
      216,560       11,034       5.1%       204,599       10,857       5.3%  
      193,927       12,474       6.4%       191,392       13,141       6.9%  
                              1,190       68       5.7%  
                                     
      416,110     $ 23,591       5.7%       407,519     $ 24,184       5.9%  
                                     
      9,276                       10,140                  
      4,637                       5,119                  
      14,252                       13,461                  
                                     
    $ 444,275                     $ 436,239                  
                                     
    $ 48,945     $ 263       0.5%     $ 50,714     $ 249       0.5%  
      90,584       501       0.6%       88,953       540       0.6%  
      147,662       5,023       3.4%       139,568       5,030       3.6%  
                                     
      287,191       5,787       2.0%       279,235       5,819       2.1%  
                                     
      289       4       1.4%       57       1       1.8%  
      2,698       26       1.0%       1,999       17       0.9%  
      2,781       37       1.3%       3,671       160       4.4%  
      40,325       2,156       5.3%       39,178       2,135       5.4%  
                                     
      46,093       2,223       4.8%       44,905       2,313       5.2%  
                                     
      333,284     $ 8,010       2.4%       324,140     $ 8,132       2.5%  
                                     
      56,778                       55,898                  
      4,385                       4,394                  
      49,828                       51,807                  
                                     
    $ 444,275                     $ 436,239                  
                                     
            $ 15,581                     $ 16,052          
                                     
                      3.3%                       3.4%  
                                     
                      3.7%                       3.9%  
                                     
Note 4   – Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $242 in 2005, $203 in 2004 and $241 in 2003.
 
Note 5   – Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
 
Note 6   – Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
 
  33


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW
The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”). The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial information included elsewhere in this annual report.
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical information, certain information included in this discussion and other material filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.
Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area; changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity such as expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; unforeseen risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.
While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.
CERTAIN NON GAAP MEASURES
Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Specifically, certain financial measures are based on core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such information may be useful to both investors and management, and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non GAAP measure of core earnings is shown as part of management’s discussion and analysis of quarterly and year-to -date financial results of operations.
OVERVIEW and OUTLOOK
Net income for 2005 was $4,334. The performance represented a decrease of $509 from the $4,843 earned in 2004. Earnings per share measured $1.00, down $0.13 or 11.5% from $1.13 in 2004.
Core earnings, which exclude the net gains on loans sold and investment securities either sold or called, loss on other real estate, and certain other non recurring items, were $4.234 million in 2005, compared to the $4.238 million earned in 2004. Core earnings per share were $0.98 in 2005 and $0.99 in 2004, down $0.01 or 1.0%.
 
34  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP earnings):
                 
    Years Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
GAAP earnings
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843  
Investment security gains
    (308 )     (1,052 )
Gain on sale of loans
    (89 )     (54 )
Other real estate loss
    3       171  
Other non-recurring items*
    243       19  
Tax effect of adjustments
    51       311  
             
Core earnings
  $ 4,234     $ 4,238  
             
Includes one-time cash bonus declared in recognition of the Bank’s performance under the retiring C.E.O.
The Company did experience a moderate improvement in its net interest margin in 2005. The Company’s net interest margin, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased by $460,000 from the proceeding year, as the net interest margin ratio improved from 3.74% to 3.83%.
Thus far however, the yield remains relatively flat as long-term rates have not followed the same course as short term rates which increased from 1.00% to 4.25% over the eighteen month period ending December 31, 2005. As a result of the sustained flattening of the yield curve, the Company anticipates that continued pressure on the net interest margin will continue into 2006.
As of December 31, 2005, the ratio of equity capital to total assets remained well above regulatory minimums at 10.51%, but down from 11.07% a year ago, primarily due to a decline in the amount of the unrealized gain in available-for -sale securities. Risk-based capital measured 21.16% compared to 22.07% at December 31, 2004. All capital ratios continue to register well in excess of required regulatory minimums.
Return on average equity was 8.73% in 2005 compared to 9.72% in 2004, while the return on average assets decreased from 1.09% to 0.98%. Book value per share decreased by $0.39 to $11.11. The price of the Company’s common stock decreased during the year, trading in a range between a fourth quarter low of $17.50 and a first quarter high of $22.58, closing the year at $18.25 per share. The Company continued its aggressive cash dividend policy, paying out 107.0% of 2005 earnings in cash dividends, compared to 91.5% in the prior year. Dividends per share increased by 2.9%, reflecting the effect of the annual stock dividend.
The Company is committed to investing in technology such that its infrastructure effectively delivers to consumers and small-to-medium-sized business owners leading edge financial products and services. The Company’s integrated approach to technology includes internet banking services; an Integrated Voice Response system that provides customers with remote access to banking services; platform products that enhance both productivity and customer service; and check and document-imaging products, which further capitalize on the Company’s Internet banking cash management initiative. Technology is a core ingredient for the Company, enabling it to extend services to customers beyond geographic boundaries, while increasing employee productivity. These flexible and robust product solutions also offer customers capabilities which enable them to streamline their own operations and to bank around the clock.
The Company’s Internet based banking solution, NetTeller, delivers interactive information by providing customers the following capabilities: access to account information, statement information and check imaging; on-line bill payment and electronic loan payments; and the ability to remotely transfer money between accounts and to initiate wire transfers and ACH transactions. Consumers, retail and commercial customers, alike, are offered such services 24 hours a day, 365 days a year with a high level of functionality, security and ease of operation.
The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, or “Check 21” as it is commonly known, became effective October 28, 2004. Check 21 facilitates check collection by creating a new negotiable in-
 
  35


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
strument called a “substitute check,” which permits, but does not require, banks to replace original checks with substitute checks or information from the original check and process check information electronically. Banks that do use substitute checks must comply with certain notice and recredit rights. Check 21 is expected to cut the time and cost involved in physically transporting paper items and reduce float, i.e., the time between the deposit of a check in a bank and its actual payment, in those cases where items are not already being delivered same-day or overnight. The Company intends to utilize the Check 21 authority and expects to incur additional costs for technology necessary to process check information electronically.
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets totaled $444,487 in 2005 compared to $444,275 in 2004 and $436,239 in 2003.
                               
    2005   2004   2003
             
Sources of Funds:
                       
 
Deposits:
                       
   
Non-interest-bearing
    13.1 %     12.8 %     12.8 %
   
Interest-bearing
    63.7       64.6       64.0  
 
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    0.7       0.7       0.5  
 
Long-term debt and other borrowings
    10.6       9.7       9.8  
 
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
    0.7       1.0       1.0  
 
Equity capital
    11.2       11.2       11.9  
 
     
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
Uses of Funds:
                       
 
Loans
    43.4 %     43.7 %     43.9 %
 
Securities
    49.9       48.7       47.1  
 
Federal funds sold, and other money market instruments
    0.8       1.3       2.4  
 
Bank owned life insurance
    2.5       2.3       1.9  
 
Other non-interest-earning assets
    3.4       4.0       4.7  
 
     
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2005, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with interest-bearing being the main source. However, the Company has been able to increase its non-interest bearing demand deposits. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 17.1% of total average deposits in 2005 compared to 16.5% in 2004 and 16.7% in 2003. (Also see section captioned “Deposits” included elsewhere in this discussion).
The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Securities have been the largest component of the Company’s mix of invested assets since 2003. During 2005 average securities increased by $5,284 or 2.4%, while average loans decreased by $1,054 or 0.5%.
The Company has also purchased bank owned life insurance policies on the lives of directors, certain employees and key members of management in conjunction with the Company’s benefit plans. The average balance increased from $8,366 in 2003 to $11,145 in 2005, reflecting the purchase of additional policies and the buildup of cash surrender value. (See additional information regarding the Company’s loan and securities portfolio in the sections captioned “Loan Portfolio” and “Investment Securities” included elsewhere in this discussion.)
ASSET QUALITY
The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends and developments in asset quality. Loan review systems require detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Mortgage, commercial and consumer loans are moved to nonaccrual status once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates the collection of interest and principal is in doubt.
In addition to nonperforming loans, total nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities and real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted. Total underperforming assets add to this amount loans which have been restructured to provide for a reduction of interest or principal because of a deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. Also included as underperforming assets are
 
36  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
loans which are more than 89 days past due that continue to accrue interest income. The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories.
                                           
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
Nonaccrual loans:
                                       
 
1-4 residential mortgages
  $ 719     $ 661     $ 529     $ 474     $ 293  
 
Commercial mortgages
    2,472       2,734       1,538       600       368  
 
Commercial loans
    210                       327       129  
 
Consumer loans
    41                       5       32  
 
Home equity loans
    304                               7  
 
Total Nonaccrual Loans
    3,746       3,395       2,067       1,406       829  
Other real estate owned
    82               986       811       170  
 
Nonperforming Assets
    3,828       3,395       3,053       2,217       999  
Loans ninety days past due and still accruing interest
                                       
Restructured loans
                            26       134  
 
Underperforming Assets
  $ 3,828     $ 3,395     $ 3,053     $ 2,243     $ 1,133  
The following table provides a number of asset quality ratios based on this data. Overall, asset quality reflected the cumulative effects of general economic weakness evidenced since 2001 in the local area markets where the Company operates, but remained within limits that management considers acceptable.
                                         
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
Nonperforming loans as a
percentage of total loans
    1.99%       1.77%       1.09%       0.73%       0.40%  
Nonperforming assets as a
percentage of total assets
    0.83%       0.76%       0.70%       0.51%       0.23%  
Underperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    0.83%       0.76%       0.70%       0.51%       0.26%  
Underperforming assets as a percentage of equity capital plus allowance for loan losses
    7.58%       6.52%       5.84%       4.07%       2.12%  
Gross income that would have been recorded in 2005 on these loans, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $321,000. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $55,000.
Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management seeks to identify loans which, although not classified as either nonperforming or underperforming assets, contain inherent weaknesses that suggest that they can be considered potential problem loans. The amount of such loans totalled $5,304 as of December 31, 2005 compared to $5,622 as of December 31, 2004.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Common comparative ratios for results of operations are the return on average equity and the return on average assets. The return on average equity amounted to 8.7%, 9.7% and 10.6% for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The return on average assets amounted to 1.0% in 2005, 1.1% in 2004 and 1.3% in 2003.
Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. The net interest margin ratio registered 3.8% in 2005, 3.7% in 2004 and 3.9% in 2003.
Compression in the Company’s net interest margin during 2005 and 2004 resulted from the increased levels of nonperforming assets which has occurred over the past three years and a sustained flattening of the yield curve. The significant increase in refinancing activity considerably accelerated the rate at which the Company’s earning assets repriced. Meanwhile, interest bearing liabilities bumped up against a natural limit in their ability to reprice as short term rates approached zero.
 
  37


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
                                                   
    NET INTEREST MARGIN FOR YEAR ENDED
     
    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004
         
    Average       Average   Average       Average
    Balance(1)   Interest   Rate   Balance(1)   Interest   Rate
                         
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
                                               
 
Federal funds sold and other money market funds
  $ 3,619     $ 119       3.3%     $ 5,623     $ 83       1.5%  
 
Investment securities(1)(2)
    221,844       11,547       5.2%       216,560       11,034       5.1%  
 
Loans(2)(3)
    192,873       13,040       6.8%       193,927       12,474       6.4%  
                                     
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 418,336     $ 24,706       5.9%     $ 416,110     $ 23,591       5.7%  
                                     
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 49,355     $ 389       0.8%     $ 48,945     $ 263       0.5%  
 
Savings
    89,107       647       0.7%       90,584       501       0.6%  
 
Time
    144,793       5,123       3.5%       147,662       5,023       3.4%  
                                     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    283,255       6,159       2.2%       287,191       5,787       2.0%  
 
Federal funds purchased
    428       15       3.5%       289       4       1.4%  
 
Other borrowings
    49,504       2,491       5.0%       45,804       2,219       4.8%  
                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 333,187     $ 8,665       2.6%     $ 333,284     $ 8,010       2.4%  
                                     
Net interest income
          $ 16,041                     $ 15,581          
                                     
Net interest rate spread(4)
                    3.3%                       3.3%  
                                     
Net interest margin(5)
                    3.8%                       3.7%  
                                     
(1)  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
(2)   Tax exempt interest is shown on a tax equivalent basis for proper comparison using a statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.
 
(3)   Includes loan origination and commitment fees.
 
(4)   Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
(5)  Interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
The increase in net interest income was the product of a 0.5% year-over-year increase in average earning assets and a 24 basis point increase in interest rates earned.
The average rate paid on interest sensitive liabilities increased by 20 basis points year-over-year. The average balance of interest sensitive liabilities decreased by only $97. Compared to last year, average borrowings increased by $3,839 while the average rate paid on borrowings increased by 20 basis points.
Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $410, while savings decreased by $1,477. The average rate paid on these products increased by 20 basis points in the aggregate. The average balance on time deposit products decreased by $2,869, as the average rate paid increased by 14 basis points, from 3.4% to 3.5%.
Interest and dividend income on securities registered an increase of $704, or 7.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared to 2004. On a fully tax equivalent basis, income on investment securities increased by $513, or 4.6%. The average invested balances increased by $5,284 from the levels of a year ago. The increase in the average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 11 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio.
Interest and fees on loans increased by $566 on a fully tax equivalent basis, or 4.5%, for the twelve months of 2005 compared to 2004. A $1,054 decrease in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 0.5%, was accompanied by a 33 basis point increase in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield.
Other interest income increased by $36 from the same period a year ago. The average balance of Federal Funds sold and other money market funds decreased by $2,004, or 35.6%. The yield increased by 181 basis points during 2005 compared to 2004.
 
38  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income, identifying that portion of the change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a change in the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Analysis of Net Interest Income Changes (Taxable Equivalent Basis)
                                                         
    2005 Compared to 2004   2004 Compared to 2003    
      Volume       Rate       Total       Volume       Rate       Total      
         
Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income:                                                    
 
Federal funds sold and other money markets
  $ (38 )   $ 74     $ 36     $ (64 )   $ 29     $ (35 )    
 
Investment Securities
                                                   
   
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    239       100       339       469       (189 )     280      
   
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates
    (18 )     194       176       (188 )     (187 )     (375 )    
   
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    (645 )     65       (580 )     173       (58 )     115      
   
Other securities
    507       71       578       191       (34 )     157      
 
Trading account securities
                            (68 )             (68 )    
 
Loans
    (68 )     634       566       172       (839 )     (667 )    
         
Total Interest Income Change
    (23 )     1,138       1,115       685       (1,278 )     (593 )    
         
Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense:                                                    
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    2       124       126       (9 )     23       14      
 
Savings deposits
    (8 )     154       146       10       (49 )     (39 )    
 
Time deposits
    (99 )     199       100       283       (290 )     (7 )    
 
Federal funds purchased
    3       8       11       3               3      
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (1 )     34       33       7       2       9      
 
Other borrowings under one year
    (44 )     28       (16 )     (32 )     (91 )     (123 )    
 
Other borrowings over one year
    315       (60 )     255       62       (41 )     21      
         
Total Interest Expense Change
    168       487       655       324       (446 )     (122 )    
         
Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income on a Taxable Equivalent Basis
  $ (191 )   $ 651     $ 460     $ 361     $ (832 )   $ (471 )    
         
 
 
  39


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
Total other income for 2005 decreased $716, or 18.7% compared to a decrease of $18, or 3.7% in 2004. Fees for customer services decreased by $73 or 3.1% compared to an increase of $691 in the prior year, which was primarily due to the introduction of a new deposit product first offered to customers late in the third quarter of 2003. This years decrease is primarily due to a decline in service charge income.
Loans originated for sale in the secondary market showed gains of $89 in 2005, compared to $54 and $470 in 2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2003 gains on the sale of trading securities amounted to $265, with no activity in 2005 or 2004. The early call of held to maturity securities, and transactions involving available for sale securities, combined to produce net gains of $308 in 2005, $1,052 in 2004 and $946 in 2003.
Other real estate losses amounted to $3 in 2005 and $171 in 2004 with no losses on other real estate recorded in 2003. Other non-interest income decreased by $102 during 2005 following a $37 increase in 2004. This income category is subject to fluctuation due to nonrecurring items, but the difference in 2005 is due mainly to a $103 decrease in non-taxable income on bank owned life insurance policies.
                         
Other Income
      2005       2004       2003  
                   
Fees for other customer services
  $ 2,254     $ 2,327     $ 1,636  
Gain on sale of loans
    89       54       470  
Gain on sale of trading securities
                    265  
Other real estate losses
    (3 )     (171 )        
Other operating income
    467       569       532  
                   
      2,807       2,779       2,903  
Investment securities net gains
    308       1,052       946  
                   
Total other income   $ 3,115     $ 3,831     $ 3,849  
Total other expenses increased by $339 or 2.9% in 2005. This compares to an increase of $332 or 2.9% in 2004. Full time equivalent employment averaged 162 employees in 2005. During 2005, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $330 or 4.9%. This increase is a combination of regular staff salary and benefit increases and a one-time cash bonus of $243 awarded to the retiring President and CEO in recognition of 42 years of service to the bank and the growth and profitability achieved by the bank under his leadership. Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $17 or 0.9% during 2005.
Legal and litigation expense in 2005 increased by $16 compared to a decrease of $49 in 2004. State and local taxes increased $4. Bank exam and audit expense decreased by $88 or 17.1% compared to an increase of $166 in 2004 primarily due to expenses associated with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Marketing expense increased by $63 or 34.6%, primarily due to an increase in expenses related to a customer testimonial advertising campaign initiated mid year. All other categories of non-interest expense decreased by $3 in 2005 or 0.1% in the aggregate. This expense category is subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items.
                         
Non-Interest Expense
      2005       2004       2003  
                   
Salaries and benefits
  $ 7,052     $ 6,722     $ 6,586  
Net occupancy and equipment expense
    1,870       1,853       1,963  
State and local taxes
    548       544       524  
Office supplies
    338       346       347  
Marketing expense
    245       182       177  
Legal and litigation
    119       103       152  
Bank exam and audit
    427       515       349  
Other operating expense
    1,601       1,596       1,431  
                   
Total other expenses
  $ 12,200     $ 11,861     $ 11,529  
 
40  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
Salaries and employee benefits represented 57.8% of all non-interest expenses in 2005. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $330 in 2005 following an increase of $136 in 2004. The following details components of these increases:
                                                 
    Analysis of Changes in Salaries & Benefits
    Amounts                   Percent
     
      2005       2004       2003       2005       2004       2003  
     
Salaries
  $ 317     $ (28 )   $ 67       6.1 %     (1.14 )%     1.3 %
Benefits
    (29 )     85       112       (1.7 )     5.2       7.3  
Profit Sharing
                    (336 )                     (100.0 )
                                     
      288       57       (157 )     4.2       0.8       (2.2 )
Def’d Loan Origination
    42       79       (55 )     23.3       30.5       27.0  
                                     
    $ 330     $ 136     $ (212 )     4.9 %     2.1 %     (3.1 %)
Wage and salary expense per employee averaged $33,942 in 2005, $31,981 in 2004 and $31,192 in 2003. Excluding the $243 bonus, the average would be $32,444 in 2005. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 162 employees in 2005 and 2004 and 167 employees in 2003. Average earning assets per employee measured $2,582 in 2005, $2,569 in 2004 and $2,440 in 2003.
Income before income tax expense amounted to $5,291 for the year ended 2005 compared to $5,833 and $6,855 for the similar periods of 2004 and 2003 respectively. The effective tax rate was 18.1% in 2005 compared to 17.0% and 20.0% in 2004 and 2003 respectively, resulting in income tax expenses of $957, $990 and $1,371, respectively. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following differences:
                         
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Provision at statutory rate
  $ 1,798     $ 1,983     $ 2,331  
Add (Deduct):
                       
Tax effect of non-taxable income
    (921 )     (1,084 )     (1,052 )
Tax effect of non-deductible expense
    80       91       92  
                   
Federal income taxes
  $ 957     $ 990     $ 1,371  
Net income registered $4,334 in 2005 compared to $4,843 in 2004 and $5,484 in 2003, representing per share amounts of $1.00 in 2005, $1.13 in 2004 and $1.26 in 2003. Dividends declared per share were $1.07 in 2005, $1.04 in 2004 and $1.01 in 2003. Per share amounts have been restated to give retroactive effect to the 3% common stock dividends of January 1, 2006.
 
  41


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following table shows financial results by quarter for the years ending December 31, 2005 and 2004:
FINANCIAL RESULTS BY QUARTER
(Unaudited)
                                                                 
    2005   2004
         
    For the Quarter Ended   For the Quarter Ended
         
    Dec. 31   Sept. 30   June 30   March 31   Dec. 31   Sept. 30   June 30   March 31
                                 
Interest Income
  $ 6,212     $ 5,884     $ 5,829     $ 5,661     $ 5,660     $ 5,649     $ 5,439     $ 5,540  
Interest Expense
    2,439       2,197       2,024       2,005       2,046       2,024       1,974       1,966  
                                                 
Net Interest Income
    3,773       3,687       3,805       3,656       3,614       3,625       3,465       3,574  
Loan Loss Provision
    (135 )     (160 )     (138 )     (112 )     (140 )     (175 )     (25 )     (75 )
Net Security Gains
                    2       302       378       366       76       232  
Trading Securities Gain
            4                                                  
Net Gain on Loans
    30       28       22       9       13       18       12       11  
Other real estate losses
    (3 )                                     (3 )     (52 )     (116 )
Other Income
    665       700       677       679       739       762       704       691  
Other Expenses
    (2,990 )     (3,288 )     (2,972 )     (2,950 )     (2,999 )     (2,986 )     (2,919 )     (2,957 )
                                                 
Income Before Tax
    1,340       971       1,396       1,584       1,605       1,607       1,261       1,360  
Federal Income Tax
    247       120       264       326       300       292       179       219  
                                                 
Net Income
  $ 1,093     $ 851     $ 1,132     $ 1,258     $ 1,305     $ 1,315     $ 1,082     $ 1,141  
Net Income Per Share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.20     $ 0.26     $ 0.29     $ 0.30     $ 0.31     $ 0.25     $ 0.27  
Net Core Income
  $ 1,075     $ 990     $ 1,116     $ 1,053     $ 1,047     $ 1,064     $ 1,058     $ 1,057  
Net Core Income Per Share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.23     $ 0.26     $ 0.24     $ 0.25     $ 0.24     $ 0.25     $ 0.25  
Net Interest Income
(tax equivalent basis)
  $ 4,049     $ 3,964     $ 4,088     $ 3,939     $ 3,936     $ 3,960     $ 3,793     $ 3,892  
Net Interest Rate Spread
    3.3%       3.3%       3.4%       3.2%       3.3%       3.3%       3.2%       3.3%  
Net Interest Margin
    3.8%       3.8%       3.9%       3.8%       3.7%       3.8%       3.6%       3.8%  
LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
For each year presented in the table on the following page, the provision for loan losses charged to operations is based on management’s judgment after taking into consideration all known factors connected with the collectability of the existing portfolio. Management evaluates the portfolio in light of economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, industry standards and other relevant factors. Specific factors considered by management in determining the amounts charged to operations include previous loan loss experience; the status of past due interest and principal payments; the quality of financial information supplied by customers; the cashflow coverage and trends evidenced by financial information supplied by customers; the nature and estimated value of any collateral supporting specific loan credits; risk classifications determined by the Company’s loan review systems or as the result of the regulatory examination process; and general economic conditions in the lending area of the Company’s bank subsidiary. Key risk factors and assumptions are dynamically updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances.
The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the balance sheet within accrued expenses and other liabilities, while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other expense.
 
42  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
Certain asset-specific loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.
The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.
                                           
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 2,629     $ 2,408     $ 3,134     $ 2,998     $ 2,974  
Loan losses:
                                       
 
1-4 family residential mortgages
    (87 )     (80 )     (101 )     (97 )     (10 )
 
Commercial mortgages
    (734 )     (108 )     (589 )                
 
Consumer and other loans
    (203 )     (66 )     (160 )     (157 )     (168 )
 
Commercial loans
    (89 )     (10 )     (270 )     (187 )     (94 )
 
Home equity loans
    (6 )                             (3 )
                               
      (1,119 )     (264 )     (1,120 )     (441 )     (275 )
                               
Recoveries on previous loan losses:
                                       
 
1-4 family residential mortgages
                                    5  
 
Commercial mortgages
                    40                  
 
Consumer and other loans
    100       65       108       93       69  
 
Commercial loans
    13       5       6       24       3  
 
Home equity loans
                                    2  
                               
      113       70       154       117       79  
                               
Net loan losses
    (1,006 )     (194 )     (966 )     (324 )     (196 )
                               
Provision charged to operations
    545       415       240       460       220  
                               
Balance at end of year
  $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408     $ 3,134     $ 2,998  
                               
Ratio of net loan losses to
average net loans outstanding
    0.53%       0.10%       0.51%       0.16%       0.10%  
                               
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans
    1.15%       1.37%       1.27%       1.64%       1.45%  
                               
The spike in charge-offs during 2005 and 2003 primarily reflected certain impaired commercial loan credits for which specific loss reserves had previously been established. Based on its analysis and review of all known factors, management has determined the current level of the allowance to be adequate.
 
  43


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following is an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance has been allocated according to the amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans as of December 31, for the years indicated:
                                         
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
Types of Loans
                                       
1-4 family residential mortgages
  $ 203     $ 238     $ 217     $ 338     $ 407  
Commercial mortgages
    1,173       1,623       1,740       2,047       1,927  
Consumer loans
    149       42       48       100       162  
Commercial loans
    322       475       144       359       312  
Home equity loans
    3       1       1       21       20  
Unallocated portion
    318       250       258       269       170  
                               
    $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408     $ 3,134     $ 2,998  
                               
The allocations of the allowance as shown in the table above should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is applicable to the entire portfolio.
 
44  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
LOAN PORTFOLIO
The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, for the years indicated:
                                                                                 
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                     
    Balance   %   Balance   %   Balance   %   Balance   %   Balance   %
Types of Loans
                                                                               
1-4 family residential mortgages
  $ 59,910       31.8     $ 61,238       31.9     $ 57,854       30.6     $ 62,365       32.6     $ 77,478       37.6  
Commercial mortgages
    90,983       48.3       94,019       49.0       92,822       49.0       86,929       45.4       83,753       40.6  
Consumer loans
    6,714       3.6       6,087       3.2       7,231       3.8       9,792       5.1       14,850       7.2  
Commercial loans
    19,767       10.5       19,188       10.0       21,711       11.5       22,016       11.5       22,230       10.8  
Home equity loans
    10,828       5.8       11,245       5.9       9,541       5.0       8,353       4.4       7,944       3.8  
1-4 family residential loans held for sale
                                    103       0.1       2,022       1.0                  
                                                             
Total loans
  $ 188,202             $ 191,777             $ 189,262             $ 191,477             $ 206,255          
                                                             
The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next repricing opportunity for loans (excluding mortgage and consumer loans) as of December 31, 2005:
                                   
    1 Year   1 to   Over    
    or Less   5 Years   5 Years   Total
                 
Types of Loans
                               
Commercial loans
  $ 12,416     $ 5,550     $ 1,801     $ 19,767  
Home Equity
    10,828                       10,828  
                         
 
Total loans (excluding mortgage and consumer loans)
  $ 23,244     $ 5,550     $ 1,801     $ 30,595  
                         
The following schedule sets forth loans as of December 31, 2005 based on next repricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Mortgage and consumer loans have again been excluded.
                           
    1 Year   Over    
    or Less   1 Year   Total
             
Types of Loans
                       
Floating or adjustable rates of interest
  $ 21,063     $ 3,192     $ 24,255  
Fixed rates of interest
    1,166       5,174       6,340  
                   
 
Total loans
  $ 22,229     $ 8,366     $ 30,595  
                   
 
  45


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The Company recorded a decrease of $3,575 in the loan portfolio from the level of $191,777 recorded at December 31, 2004.
Between 2004 and 2005, the balance of residential mortgage loans remained relatively unchanged. 1-4 family residential mortgages represent 31.8% of total loans in the loan portfolio compared to 31.9% in 2004. The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) decreased from 59.0% to 58.8%. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) increased from 9.1% to 9.4%.
Real estate loans which include residential loans and commercial loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan portfolio. At the end of 2005, residential loans and commercial loans comprised a combined 90.6% of the portfolio, compared to 87.7% five years ago. Home equity loans at 5.8% and consumer installment at 3.6% comprise the remainder of the portfolio in 2005. Five years ago in 2000, home equity loans comprised 3.6% of the overall loan portfolio, while consumer installment loans comprised 8.7%.
(LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION)
During 2005, approximately $14.2 million in new mortgage loans were originated by the Company, an increase of $2.2 million from 2004. The Company’s product offerings continue to include a service release sales program, which permits the Company to offer competitive long-term fixed interest rates without incurring additional credit or interest rate risk.
The following shows the disposition of mortgage loans originated during 2005 and 2004 (in millions):
                 
    2005   2004
         
Retained in Portfolio
  $ 7.6     $ 8.0  
Loans Sold to Investors with Servicing Rights Released
  $ 6.6     $ 4.0  
During 2005, the Company originated and retained in portfolio a larger percentage of residential mortgage loans than it sold in the secondary market. These retained loans met the Company’s asset quality criteria. Although management anticipates that secondary market originations will continue as an important aspect of loan administration, loans which are retained by the Bank portfolio will become more predominant as portfolio lending strategies are developed to enhance overall customer relationships.
The Bank is also active in home equity financing. Home Equity term loans and credit lines remain popular with consumers wishing to finance home improvements, educational costs, vacations and consumer good purchases at favorable interest rates.
In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management also will continue to revamp and reposition the Company’s In-Portfolio product offerings during 2006.
The balance of the commercial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2005 was $110,750, a decrease of $2,457 from the balance of $113,207 recorded at December 31, 2004. Short term, asset based, commercial loans including lines of credit increased by $579. Commercial real estate loans decreased by $3,036 during the same period. The competitive interest rate environment had a direct effect on commercial loan financing products, particularly on commercial real estate loans.
Management is expanding commercial real estate product offerings in an effort to establish new business relationships and capture more of the market share. Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product incentives and marketing efforts. The Bank’s lending
 
46  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
function continues to provide business services to a wide array of medium and small businesses, including but not limited to commercial and residential real estate builders, automobile dealers, manufacturers, trucking companies, nursing homes, physicians and medical groups, funeral homes, general contractors, service contractors, restaurants, hotels/motels, retailers, wholesalers, as well as area educational institutions and other political subdivisions. For those businesses electing to finance business assets through a lease instrument the Bank also offers lease financing through a third party vendor.
Small business loans are originated by loan personnel assigned to the Community Bank offices. These loans are processed through the Commercial Loan Department in accordance with established business loan underwriting standards and practices.
The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest concentration. It should be noted that these are open balances and do not reflect existing commitments that may be currently outstanding but unfunded.
Commercial Loan Concentrations
                                 
    2005   2004
         
        % of       % of
Sector   Balances   Portfolio   Balances   Portfolio
                 
Hotels/Motels
  $ 15,005       13.65 %   $ 16,043       14.2 %
Eating Places
    5,669       5.16 %     5,818       5.1 %
Steel Related Industries
    5,317       4.84 %     7,183       6.3 %
Nursing Home & Personal Care
    3,721       3.38 %     4,370       3.9 %
Medical Doctors
    1,747       1.59 %     3,699       3.3 %
New/Used Car Dealers
    1,366       1.24 %     1,898       1.7 %
Funeral Services
    135       0.12 %     2,623       2.3 %
The single largest customer balance at year end had a balance of $4.5 million in 2005 compared to $4.7 million in 2004. This balance represented approximately 4.1% of the total commercial portfolio, compared to 4.2% in 2004.
In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases: fixed rate amortizing mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; education, travel and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card and other existing debt into term payout continues to remain a popular financing option among consumers.
Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTES 1, 3, 8, 11 and 13).
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (SFAS 115), “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: held to maturity, available for sale, and trading. Each portfolio type has its own method of accounting.
Held to maturity securities are recorded at historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are marked-to-market, with any gain or loss reflected in the determination of income. Securities designated as available for sale are similarly carried at their fair market value. However, any unrealized gain or loss (net of tax) is recorded as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity as a component of Other Comprehensive Income.
One effect of SFAS 115 is to expose shareholders’ equity to fluctuations resulting from market volatility related to the available for sale portfolio. The potential adverse impact of this volatility is somewhat mitigated as bank regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy for regulatory purposes without regard to the effects of SFAS 115.
Securities designated by the Company as held to maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity.
Securities the Company has designated as available for sale may be sold prior to maturity in order
 
  47


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
to fund loan demand, to adjust for interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources, or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in the relative values of market sectors. Available for sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price volatility as interest rates fluctuate.
The following table shows the book value of investment securities by type of obligation at the dates indicated:
                         
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 80,053     $ 69,670     $ 62,524  
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates
    82,992       91,226       92,499  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    44,714       45,689       53,503  
Other securities
    26,893       19,256       14,249  
                   
    $ 234,652     $ 225,841     $ 222,775  
                   
A summary of securities held at December 31, 2005, classified according to the earlier of next repricing or the maturity date and the weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
                     
    December 31, 2005
     
    Book   Weighted
Type and Maturity Grouping   Value   Average Yield(1)
         
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations:
               
 
Maturing within one year
  $ 2,048       3.670 %
 
Maturing after one year but within five years
    17,021       4.421  
 
Maturing after five years but within ten years
    26,895       5.382  
 
Maturing after ten years
    34,089       5.842  
             
   
Total U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 80,053       5.330 %
             
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates, REMICS & CMO’s:
               
 
Maturing within one year
  $ 49,272       4.716 %
 
Maturing after one year but within five years
    30,940       4.759  
 
Maturing after five years but within ten years
    1,430       4.620  
 
Maturing after ten years
    1,350       4.520  
             
   
Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates, REMICS & CMO’s
  $ 82,992       4.727 %
             
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions:
               
 
Maturing within one year
  $ 47       8.178 %
 
Maturing after one year but within five years
    932       7.845  
 
Maturing after five years but within ten years
    5,108       7.376  
 
Maturing after ten years
    38,627       7.270  
             
   
Total States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
  $ 44,714       7.295 %
             
Other securities:
               
 
Maturing within one year
  $ 13,946       5.885 %
 
Maturing after one year but within five years
    8,007       5.344  
 
Maturing after five years but within ten years
    1,547       7.182  
 
Maturing after ten years
    3,393       5.809  
             
   
Total other securities
  $ 26,893       5.789 %
             
 
(1)  The weighted average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted average yield of tax-exempt obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amounts of adjustments to interest which are based on the statutory tax rate of 34% were $1, $23, $118 and $862 for the four ranges of maturities.
 
48  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
As of December 31, 2005, there were $2,017 in callable U.S. Government Agencies, $6,273 in callable obligations of states and political subdivisions that given current and expected interest rate environments are likely to be called within the one year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $3,620 classified as maturing after five years but within ten years, and $4,670 classified as maturing after 10 years.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2005, there were $17,122 in callable U.S. Government Agencies and $26,326 in callable obligations of states and political subdivisions that given current and expected interest rate environments are likely to be called within the time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $5,864 maturing after five years but within ten years and $37,584 maturing after 10 years.
As of December 31, 2005, the carrying value of all investment securities, both available for sale and held to maturity, tallied $234,652, an increase of $8,811 or 3.90% from the prior year. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted to a 64/36 split versus the 59/41 division of the previous year, as mortgage-backed securities decreased by $8,234, or 9.0%.
Holdings of obligations of states and political subdivisions showed a decrease of $975 or 2.1%.
The Company decreased its holdings of U.S. Treasury securities by approximately $1,450, or 90.7%, as a U.S. Treasury Security was sold during the year to reduce the portfolio’s duration in response to shifting monetary policy. The proceeds on this sale totaled $1,478. Investments in U.S. government agencies and sponsored corporations increased by approximately $11,833, or 17.4%. The Company also purchased $8,275 in corporate debt securities during 2005 to take advantage of the floating rate repricing characteristics of some of the securities and the high yield that was obtained on three General Motors Corporate issues. The purchases were partially offset by an $808 unrealized loss on the General Motors bonds at December 31, 2005. The net result was an increase in the corporate portfolio of $7,484.
Holdings of other securities increased by $153 primarily reflecting stock dividends received from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati.
The mix of mortgage-backed securities remained weighted in favor of fixed rate securities in 2005, although at a reduced level. The portion of the mortgage-backed portfolio allocated to fixed rate securities fell to 64% in 2005 versus 69% in 2004. Floating rate and adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities provide some degree of protection against rising interest rates, while fixed rate securities perform better in periods of stable to slightly declining interest rates. Included in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio are investments in collateralized mortgage obligations which totalled $20,554 and $22,963 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No collateralized mortgage obligations were sold in 2005.
At December 31, 2005, a net unrealized loss of $877, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of Other Comprehensive Income, as compared to a net unrealized gain of $1,061, net of tax, as of December 31, 2004. This $1,938 decrease reflects the decreased market value of debt securities resulting from rising short and intermediate term interest rates over most of the year, as well as the credit quality concerns of the General Motors issues. Lower interest rates generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities; conversely rising interest rates generally result in a depreciation in the market value of debt securities.
The Company had $8,680 in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2005. The Company had no investments in inverse floating rate securities or other derivative products.
Additional information regarding investments can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTES 1 and 2).
 
  49


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
DEPOSITS
The Company’s deposits are derived from the individuals and businesses located in its primary market area. Total deposits at year-end exhibited an increase of 1.6% to $350,375 at December 31, 2005, as compared to $344,919 at December 31, 2004.
The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 2.7% during 2005, while average interest-bearing deposits decreased by 1.4%.
During 2005, noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $58,320 or 17.1% of total average deposits as compared to $56,778 or 16.5% of total deposits in 2004. Core deposits averaged $306,626 for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $4,674 from the average level of 2004. During 2004, core deposits had averaged $311,300, an increase of $3,028 from the preceding year.
Historically, the deposit base of the Company has been characterized by a significant aggregate amount of core deposits. Core deposits represented 89.8% of average total deposits in 2005 compared to 90.5% in 2004 and 92.0% in 2003.
Over the past five years, the Company has successfully increased the share of deposits represented by noninterest-bearing and NOW checking accounts. These products now comprise 25.8% of total deposits compared to 23.4% five years ago. The following depicts how the deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame.
(AVERAGE DEPOSIT MIX PIE CHARTS)
Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits is presented in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTE 6).
FOURTH QUARTER 2005 AS
COMPARED TO FOURTH QUARTER 2004
Tax equivalent net interest income for the Company during the fourth quarter of 2005 increased by $113, a 2.9% increase from the fourth quarter of 2004. The yield on earning assets increased by 38 basis points while fourth quarter average earning assets increased by 1.4%, or $6 million, when compared to a year ago. The result was an increase in tax equivalent interest income of $506. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased by 41 basis points, while fourth quarter average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $5.3 million when compared to a year ago, resulting in an increase in total interest expense of $393. The net interest margin for the quarter registered 3.79%, up 5 basis points from the same quarter a year ago.
 
50  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
                                                 
    NET INTEREST MARGIN FOR QUARTER ENDED
     
    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004
         
    Average       Average   Average       Average
    Balance(1)   Interest   Rate   Balance(1)   Interest   Rate
(Unaudited)                        
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Federal funds sold and other money market funds
  $ 4,409     $ 44       3.9%     $ 10,159     $ 48       1.9%  
Investment securities(1)(2)
    232,498       3,104       5.3%       218,495       2,805       5.2%  
Loans(2)(3)
    190,592       3,340       7.0%       192,851       3,129       6.4%  
                                     
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 427,499     $ 6,488       6.1%     $ 421,505     $ 5,982       5.7%  
                                     
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 50,587     $ 136       1.1%     $ 51,625     $ 84       0.6%  
Savings
    86,974       209       1.0%       91,001       127       0.6%  
Time
    148,925       1,398       3.7%       149,395       1,274       3.4%  
                                     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    286,486       1,743       2.4%       292,021       1,485       2.0%  
                                     
Federal funds purchased
    644       7       4.2%                          
Other borrowings
    54,642       689       5.0%       44,419       561       5.0%  
                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 341,772     $ 2,439       2.8%     $ 336,440     $ 2,046       2.4%  
                                     
Net interest income
          $ 4,049                     $ 3,936          
                                     
Net interest rate spread(4)
                    3.3%                       3.3%  
                                     
Net interest margin(5)
                    3.8%                       3.7%  
                                     
(1)  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
(2)  Tax exempt interest is shown on a tax equivalent basis for proper comparison using a statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.
 
(3)  Includes loan origination and commitment fees.
 
(4)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
 
(5)  Interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
Loan charge-offs during the quarter were $185 in 2005 compared to $135 in 2004, while the recovery of previously charged-off loans amounted to $14 during the fourth quarter of 2005 compared to $16 in the same period of 2004. The Company’s provision for loan losses during the quarter was $135 compared to $140 a year ago.
Other income decreased by $74 from a year ago, due primarily to a decline in service charge income of $52 and a $22 decrease in non-taxable income on bank owned life insurance policies, reflecting declines in the investment yields associated with these policies. Investment securities gains of $378 were realized in 2004, compared to none realized in the fourth quarter of 2005. The net gain on loans sold during the quarter amounted to $30, compared to $13 a year ago.
Total other non-interest expenses in the fourth quarter were $2,990 in 2005 compared to $2,999 in 2004, a decrease of $9 or 0.3%. Salaries and benefits constituted an $11 increase, or 0.6%. Occupancy and equipment, office supplies and marketing expenses decreased by $16 or 2.7%. State and local tax assessments increased by $21 or 18.6%. Bank exam and audit fees decreased by $21 or 13.5% mainly due to the expense associated with the implementation of the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in 2004. Other expenses decreased by $4 or 0.9%.
Income before income tax during the fourth quarter amounted to $1,340 in 2005 compared to $1,605 in 2004. Income tax expense for the fourth quarter of 2005 was $247 as compared to $300 in 2004. Fourth quarter net income was $1,093 in 2005 compared to $1,305 in 2004, representing a decrease of $212, or 16.2%.
Earnings per share for the fourth quarter, adjusted for the 3% stock dividend paid January 1, 2006, were $0.25 in 2005 and $0.30 in 2004.
 
  51


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
Fourth Quarter of 2005 Compared to 2004
(Unaudited)
                 
    Three Months
    Ended Dec. 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
Interest Income
  $ 6,212     $ 5,660  
Interest Expense
    2,439       2,046  
             
Net Interest Income
    3,773       3,614  
Loan Loss Provision
    (135 )     (140 )
Net security gains
            378  
Net gain on loans
    30       13  
Other real estate loss
    (3 )        
Other Income
    665       739  
Other Expenses
    (2,990 )     (2,999 )
             
Income Before Tax
    1,340       1,605  
Federal Income Tax
    247       300  
             
Net Income
  $ 1,093     $ 1,305  
             
Net Income Per Share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.30  
Core earnings (earnings before gains on loans sold, investment securities sold or called and certain other non recurring items) increased by 2.7% in the fourth quarter of 2005 compared to 2004. Core earnings for the fourth quarter of 2005 were $1.075 million compared to last year’s $1.047 mil-lion. Core earnings per share were $0.25 in 2005 and 2004. The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP earnings):
                 
    Three Months Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
GAAP Earnings
  $ 1,093     $ 1,305  
Investment security gains
            (378 )
Gain on sale of loans
    (30 )     (13 )
Other real estate loss
    3          
Tax effect of adjustments
    9       133  
             
Core Earnings
  $ 1,075     $ 1,047  
             
Realized gains or losses on securities are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities, using the specific identification method. The table below sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for the period ended:
                 
    Three   Twelve
    Months   Months
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2005
         
Proceeds on securities sold or called
  $ 34     $ 13,563  
Gross realized gains
            308  
Gross realized losses
               
 
52  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net Interest Margin is the difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The Net Interest Margin Ratio expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin ratio has averaged 4.01% ranging between 3.74% and 4.39%.
Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates is the use of computer based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings and changing growth patterns.
GAP TABLE
December 31, 2005
                                           
    Maturity or Repricing Interval
     
        Non Rate    
        Sensitive    
    3 Months   3 to 12   1 to 5   or  > 5    
    or Less   Months   Years   Years   Total
                     
Interest-Earning Assets
                                       
 
Investments
  $ 38,991     $ 34,612     $ 100,348     $ 60,701     $ 234,652  
 
Loans & Leases
    64,554       31,478       70,717       21,453       188,202  
 
Federal Fund Sold
    4,650                               4,650  
                               
Total Earning Assets
    108,195       66,090       171,065       82,154       427,504  
Other Assets
                            32,197       32,197  
                               
Total Assets
  $ 108,195     $ 66,090     $ 171,065     $ 114,351     $ 459,701  
                               
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                                       
 
Interest-bearing Checking
  $ 29,677     $       $       $       $ 29,677  
 
Money Market Accounts
    17,866                               17,866  
 
Passbook Savings
    86,359                               86,359  
 
Time Deposits  <100,000
    21,390       34,150       33,941       20,007       109,488  
 
Time Deposits   ³ 100,000
    11,338       18,633       8,364       6,868       45,203  
 
Repurchase Agreements
    2,336                               2,336  
 
U.S. Treasury Demand
    775                               775  
 
Other Borrowings
    5,000       2,000       38,500       9,500       55,000  
                               
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    174,741       54,783       80,805       36,375       346,704  
Demand Deposits
                            61,782       61,782  
Other Liabilities
                            2,890       2,890  
Shareholders’ Equity
                            48,325       48,325  
                               
Total Liabilities & Equity
  $ 174,741     $ 54,783     $ 80,805     $ 149,372     $ 459,701  
                               
Rate Sensitivity Gap
  $ (66,546 )   $ 11,307     $ 90,260     $ 45,779          
Cumulative Gap
  $ (66,546 )   $ (55,239 )   $ 35,021     $ 80,800          
Cumulative Gap to Total Assets
    (14.5 )%     (12.0 )%     7.6 %     17.6 %        
 
  53


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The preceding Gap Table presents an analysis of the Company’s earliest repricing opportunity for each of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Assets are distributed according to the earlier of interest rate repricing opportunity or expected cash flows. Time deposits and liabilities with defined maturities are distributed according to the earlier of the repricing interval or contractual maturity. Other core deposit accounts (Interest-bearing checking, Money Market and Savings accounts) are shown as being available for repricing in the earliest time frame, although management can exert considerable influence over the timing and manner of repricing such core deposits. Therefore, these accounts may reprice in later time intervals and reflect smaller incremental changes than other interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Since management may reprice these accounts at its discretion, the impact of changing rates on net interest income is likely to be considerably different than inferred by this table.
During 2005, the effective maturities of earning assets tended to lengthen as short and intermediate rates in the credit markets rose sharply. Federal Reserve policy makers increased short-term interest rates eight times during the year, from 2.25% to 4.25% in an attempt to avoid an unwelcome rise in inflation. With rates rising throughout the year, the volume of investment securities eligible to be called decreased significantly, while prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities similarly decreased, causing the effective maturities of existing earning assets to lengthen. Accordingly, in order to maintain duration, management invested excess overnight funds (federal funds sold balances), and increased the allocation towards hybrid adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities, adjustable rate corporate bonds and U.S. Government agencies purchased at a discount that contain a lock-out period prior to the first call date.
While the preceding Gap Table provides a general indication of the potential effect that changing interest rates may have on net interest income, it does not by itself present a complete picture of interest rate sensitivity. Because the repricing of the various categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive pressures, customer preferences and other factors, such assets and liabilities may in fact reprice in different time periods and in different increments than assumed.
The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses show the Company’s net interest income remaining relatively neutral within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated by management. In fact, as previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained relatively stable in the range of 3.74% to 4.39% over the past five years, despite significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates.
(NET INTEREST MARGIN RATIO GRAPH)
LIQUIDITY
The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion against unforeseen liquidity needs.
Principal sources of liquidity for the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of
 
54  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
loans, investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.
Cash and cash equivalents, which includes federal funds sold increased by $6,340 compared to year-end 2004. Anticipated principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities along with investment securities maturing, repricing, or expected to be called in one year or less amounted to $73,603 at December 31, 2005, representing 31.4% of the total combined portfolio, as compared to $96,471 or 42.7% of the portfolio a year ago.
Along with its liquid assets, the Company has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest rates, the purchasing of federal funds, and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The Company is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides yet another source of liquidity.
Cash and cash equivalents increased from $9,747 in 2003, $12,897 in 2004 to $19,237 in 2005 as the Company increased its level of Federal Funds Sold. Operating activities provided cash of $4,275 in 2005, $7,382 in 2004 and $7,048 in 2003. Key differences stem mainly from: 1) a decrease in net income of $509 between 2005 and 2004 and $641 between 2004 and 2003; 2) there were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2005 and 2004, $103 at 2003 and $2,022 at December 31, 2002, which favorably impacts the proceeds and gains on loans realized in 2004 by $103 and 2003 by $1,919; 3) gains on the sale of investments was $308 at December 31, 2005, compared to $1,052 at December 31, 2004 and $946 at December 31, 2003; 4) amortization on securities was $872 in December 31, 2005 compared to $1,546 in 2004 and $1,644 in 2003; 5) loss on the sale of other real estate totaled $171 in 2004 compared to $3 in 2005 and none in 2003; 6) the purchase of an additional $2.5 million insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental post retirement benefit plan in 2003 compared to $0.5 million in 2004 and none in 2005; 7) a liability for securities purchased yet to settle totaled $1,270 at December 31, 2004, with none at December 31, 2005 or 2003. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2005, 2004 and 2003, and the following table which details the cash flows from operating activities.
                             
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net income
  $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    1,469       2,176       2,382  
 
Provision for loan loss
    545       415       240  
 
Investment securities gains
    (308 )     (1,052 )     (946 )
 
Other real estate losses
    3       171          
 
Impact of loans held for sale
            103       1,919  
 
Changes in:
                       
   
Securities to settle and securities sold to settle
    (1,270 )     1,270          
   
Purchase of insurance contracts
            (500 )     (2,500 )
   
Other assets and liabilities
    (498 )     (44 )     469  
                   
Net cash flows from operating activities
  $ 4,275     $ 7,382     $ 7,048  
                   
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
The Corporation has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.
Contractual Obligations:  The following table presents, as of December 31, 2005, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.
 
  55


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
                                                   
        Contractual Obligations
        as of December 31, 2005
         
        Payments Due in
         
        One   One to   Three   Over    
    See   Year   Three   to Five   Five    
    Note   or Less   Years   Years   Years   Total
                         
Non-interest bearing deposits
          $ 61,782     $       $       $       $ 61,782  
Interest bearing deposits(a)
    6       133,902                               133,902  
 
Average Rate(b)
            1.16 %                             1.16 %
Certificates of deposit(a)
    6       76,857       40,739       9,698       27,397       154,691  
 
Average Rate(b)
            3.44 %     4.02 %     4.35 %     4.84 %     3.90 %
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements(a)
    7       2,336                               2,336  
 
Average Rate(b)
            2.96 %                             2.96 %
U.S. Treasury interest-bearing demand note(a)
    7       775                               775  
 
Average Rate(b)
            3.95 %                             3.95 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances(a)
    7       2,000       20,000       23,500       9,500       55,000  
 
Average Rate(b)
            4.66 %     4.69 %     5.60 %     4.96 %     5.12 %
Operating leases
    8       188       110                       298  
  (a)  Excludes present and future accrued interest.
 
  (b)  Variable rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2005.
The Corporation’s operating lease obligations represent short and long-term lease and rental payments for the subsidiary bank’s branch facilities.
The Corporation also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially determined future benefit payments to eligible plan participants. The Corporation does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) at December 31, 2005 due to the funded status of the plan. (See further discussion in Note 9.)
Commitments:  The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments as of December 31, 2005. (Further discussion of these commitments is included in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.)
                                           
    Expected Maturities of Commitments
    as of December 31, 2005
     
    One   One to   Three   Over    
    Year   Three   to Five   Five    
    or Less   Years   Years   Years   Total
                     
Commitments to extend credit:
                                       
 
Commercial
  $ 28,473     $ 1,024     $ 10     $ 1,799     $ 31,306  
 
Residential real estate
    306                               306  
 
Revolving home equity
    9,102                               9,102  
 
Overdraft protection
    6,191                               6,191  
 
Other
    567                               567  
Standby letters of credit
    1,195                               1,195  
Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to
 
56  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps.
The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests less goodwill. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock.
The following graph, which is not “risk-adjusted,” depicts Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total average assets over the past several years. This measure of capital adequacy is known as the “leverage ratio.” The ratio increased from 10.88% in 2004 to 11.05% in 2005, and remains well above regulatory minimums.
(LEVERAGE RATIO CHART)
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) required banking regulatory agencies to revise risk-based capital standards to ensure that they take adequate account of interest rate risk. Accordingly, regulators subjectively consider an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates in evaluating capital adequacy.
The following table illustrates the Company’s risk-weighted capital ratios at December 31, 2005 and 2004. Banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of 8% of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted total assets. The Tier 1 capital ratio must be at least 4%. Capital qualifying as Tier 2 capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. As the table indicates, the Company maintains both Tier 1 and total risk-based capital well in excess of the required regulatory minimum ratios.
                 
Risk-Based Capital
 
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Tier 1 Capital
  $ 49,031     $ 48,129  
Tier 2 Capital
    2,189       2,664  
             
QUALIFYING CAPITAL
  $ 51,220     $ 50,793  
             
Risk-Adjusted Total Assets(*)
  $ 242,106     $ 230,133  
             
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    20.25%       20.91%  
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    21.16%       22.07%  
Total Leverage Capital Ratio
    11.05%       10.88%  
(*) Includes off-balance sheet exposures
In management’s opinion, as supported by the data in the table below, the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. As of those dates, the Company was “well capitalized” under regulatory prompt corrective action provisions.
                                 
    Actual Regulatory   Regulatory Capital Ratio
    Capital Ratios as of:   requirements to be:
         
    Dec. 31,   Dec. 31,   Well   Adequately
    2005   2004   Capitalized   Capitalized
                 
Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets
    21.16%       22.07%       10.00%       8.00%  
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    20.25%       20.91%       6.00%       4.00%  
Tier I capital to average assets
    11.05%       10.88%       5.00%       4.00%  
SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” requires that investments designated as available for sale be marked-to-market with corresponding entries to the deferred tax account and shareholders’ equity. Regulatory agencies, however, exclude these adjustments in computing risk-based capital, as their inclusion would tend to increase the volatility
 
  57


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
of this important measure of capital adequacy. Additional information regarding regulatory matters can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTE 12.)
REGULATORY MATTERS
On March 13, 2000, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System approved the Company’s application to become a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and well managed, in management’s opinion.
MARKET RISK
Management considers interest rate risk to be the Company’s principal source of market risk. Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate risk comprise repricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Repricing risk arises due to timing differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when repricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum.
The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships.
The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan repricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of funding sources, lengthen the repricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans, and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate assets over floating rate assets.
The most significant assumptions used in the simulation relate to the cash flows and repricing characteristics of the Company’s balance sheet. Repricing and runoff rate assumptions are based upon specific product parameters modified by historical trends and internal projections. These assumptions are periodically reviewed and benchmarked against historical results. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors.
 
58  


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at December 31, 2005. For purposes of this analysis, short term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2005. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift.
During 2005, the Federal Reserve increased its target rate for overnight federal funds by 200 basis points. At year end December 31, 2005, the difference between the yield on the ten year Treasury and the three month Treasury had decreased to a positive 31 basis points from the positive 202 basis points that existed at December 31, 2004, indicating that the yield curve was “flattening.” At December 31, 2005, the yield curve was inverted, as interest rate yields for three years through ten years were below those of the two year yield. However, rates did peak at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve.
The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short term rates. The base case also assumes no growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net interest income of $15,377 for the year ending December 31, 2006.
                         
Simulated Net Interest Income Sensitivity
For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2006
    Net Interest    
Change in Interest Rates   Income   $ Change   % Change
             
Graduated increase of +300 basis points
  $ 15,385     $ 8       0.1 %
Short term rates unchanged (base case)
    15,377                  
Graduated decrease of -300 basis points
    14,643       (734 )     (4.8 )%
The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate movements can be sudden and unanticipated, and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a manner not presently embodied by the model.
It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, floors or other similar instruments.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Some of these policies and related methodologies are more critical than others. The Company has identified its policy on the allowance for loan losses as being critical because it requires management to make particularly difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or by using different assumptions.
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective measurements including management’s assessment of the internal
 
  59


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
risk classifications of loans, changes in the nature of the loan portfolio, industry concentrations and the impact of current local, regional and national economic factors on the quality of the loan portfolio. Changes in these estimates and assumptions are reasonably possible and may have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or liquidity.
Accordingly, the Company has developed and maintains a comprehensive, systematic and consistently applied process to determine the appropriate amounts of the allowance for loan losses, and resultant provision for loan losses, necessary to absorb estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s best estimate from within an acceptable range of estimated losses that it considers appropriate and prudent, but not excessive.
While management’s evaluation of the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2005 has determined the allowance to be adequate, under adversely different conditions or assumptions, the Company would most likely need to increase the allowance. The assumptions and estimates used by the Company in its internal review of non-performing loans and potential problem loans, as well as the associated evaluation of the related collateral coverage for these loans, can have a significant impact on the overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. While management has concluded that the current valuation of loan collateral is reasonable under present circumstances, if collateral valuations were significantly reduced due to either new information or other changing circumstances, additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses would most likely be necessary.
All accounting policies are important and the reader of these financial statements is encouraged to review the summary of significant accounting policies described in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in order to gain a better understanding of how the Company’s financial performance is reported.
For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see sections of the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management Discussion and Analysis” related to the allowance for loan losses.
IMPACT OF INFLATION
Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor the magnitude of changes directly coincide with changes in interest rates.
 
60  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
INFORMATION AS TO STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS OF CORTLAND BANCORP
 
OTHER INFORMATION
The Company files quarterly reports, (Forms 10-Q, an annual report (Form 10-K), current reports on Form  8-K and all amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the Exchange Act. In 2006, the quarterly reports will be filed within 40 days of the end of each quarter, while the annual report is filed within 75 days of the end of the year. Any individual requesting copies of such reports may obtain these free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC by visiting our web site at www.cortland-banks.com or by writing to:
Deborah L. Eazor
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
The Company’s stock trades on the NASDAQ OTC market under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firms are known to be relatively active in trading the Company’s stock:
Community Banc Investments, Inc.
Columbus, Ohio
Contact: Greig A. McDonald
Telephone: 1-800-224-1013
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.
6575 Seville Drive
2nd Floor
P.O. Box 119
Canfield, Ohio 44406
Telephone: 1-330-746-2993
Smith Barney Citigroup, Inc.
5048 Belmont Ave.
Youngstown, Ohio 44505
Telephone: 1-800-535-0017
Stifel, Nicholas & Co., Inc.
655 Metro Place South
Suite 200
Dublin, Ohio 43017
Telephone: 1-877-875-9352
UBS Financial Services
3701 Boardman Canfield Rd
P.O. Box 100
Canfield, Ohio 44406
Telephone: 330-533-7191
The following table shows the prices at which the common stock of the Company has actually been purchased and sold in market transactions during the periods indicated. The range of market price is compiled from data provided by brokers based on limited trading. Also shown in the table are the dividends per share on the outstanding common stock. All figures shown have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 3% stock dividend paid as of January 1, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The Company currently has approximately 1,733 shareholders.
                         
HIGH OR LOW TRADING PRICE PER QUARTER
    Price Per Share    
        Cash
            Dividends
    High   Low   Per Share
             
2005
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 20.39     $ 17.50     $ 0.44  
Third Quarter
    20.39       18.45       0.21  
Second Quarter
    21.75       19.42       0.21  
First Quarter
    22.58       20.58       0.21  
 
2004
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 23.57     $ 20.41     $ 0.44  
Third Quarter
    23.33       19.94       0.20  
Second Quarter
    25.69       20.74       0.20  
First Quarter
    28.76       24.52       0.20  
 
2003
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 28.83     $ 27.34     $ 0.44  
Third Quarter
    30.67       27.69       0.19  
Second Quarter
    29.98       24.72       0.19  
First Quarter
    24.94       23.21       0.19  
For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends automatically reinvested in the common stock of Cortland Bancorp. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders may withdraw at any time.
For current stock prices you may access our home page at www.cortland-banks.com.
For more information on the dividend reinvestment plan, you may contact Deborah L. Eazor at the following telephone number: (330)  637-8040 Ext. 130 or E-mail address DLEAZOR@cortland-banks.com.
 
  61


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANCORP
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
K. RAY MAHAN
Chairman
JERRY A. CARLETON
DAVID C. COLE
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
JAMES M. GASIOR
GEORGE E. GESSNER
JAMES E. HOFFMAN III
NEIL J. KABACK
RICHARD B. THOMPSON
TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER
WILLIAM A. HAGOOD
Director Emeritus
RODGER W. PLATT
Director Emeritus
OFFICERS
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and
Chief Executive Officer
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and
Corporate Secretary
CRAIG M. PHYTHYON
Senior Vice President
Chief Investment Officer
and Treasurer
62  


Table of Contents

(CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO)
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
JERRY A. CARLETON
President, Carleton Enterprises Inc.
DAVID C. COLE
Partner and President
Cole Valley Motor Company
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and Chief Executive Officer
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary
GEORGE E. GESSNER
Attorney
JAMES E. HOFFMAN III
Attorney
NEIL J. KABACK
Partner, Cohen & Company
K. RAY MAHAN
President, Mahan Packing Co.
and Chairman of the Board
RICHARD B. THOMPSON
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc.
TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER
President, Stan-Wade Metal Products
*  *  *  *  *
WILLIAM A. HAGOOD
Director Emeritus
RODGER W. PLATT
Director Emeritus
*  *  *  *  *
OFFICERS
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and Chief Executive Officer
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary
STEPHEN A. TELEGO, SR.
Senior Vice President and Director of Human Resources and Corporate Administration
TIMOTHY CARNEY
Senior Vice President & Chief Operations Officer
CRAIG M. PHYTHYON
Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer
DANNY L. WHITE
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer
CHARLES J. COMMONS
Vice President
GERALD L. THOMPSON
Vice President
MARLENE LENIO
Vice President
EMMA JEAN WOLLAM
Vice President
ROBERT J. HORVATH
Vice President
JUDY RUSSELL
Vice President
JAMES DUFF
Vice President
KEITH MROZEK
Vice President
DEBORAH L. EAZOR
Vice President
KAREN CLOWER
Vice President
ROBERT A. COGGESHALL
Vice President
GREG YURCO
Vice President
MARCEL P. ARNAL
Assistant Vice President
GRACE J. BACOT
Assistant Vice President
SHIRLEY F. ROOT
Assistant Vice President
DARLENE MACK
Assistant Vice President
and Trust Officer
BARBARA R. SANDROCK
Assistant Vice President
JANET K. HOUSER
Assistant Vice President
RUSSELL E. TAYLOR
Assistant Vice President
JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE
Assistant Vice President
DAVID MAY
Assistant Vice President
BARBARA McKENZIE
Assistant Vice President
STEVE J. MACK
Assistant Vice President
JAMES HUGHES
Assistant Vice President
WILLIAM J. HOLLAND
Assistant Vice President
JENNIFER HANIGOSKY
Assistant Vice President
PATRICK J. McELHANEY
Assistant Vice President
LANA MUIR
Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
HEATHER J. BOWSER
Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
KAREN MILLER
Assistant Secretary
  63


Table of Contents

CORTLAND BANKS OFFICES AND LOCATIONS
Thirteen Offices Serving These Fine Communities
BOARDMAN
8580 South Avenue
Youngstown, Ohio 44514
330-758-5884
BOARDMAN
Victor Hills Plaza
6538 South Avenue
Boardman, Ohio 44512
330-629-9151
BRISTOL
6090 State Route 45
Bristolville, Ohio 44402
330-889-3062
BROOKFIELD
7325 Warren-Sharon Road
Brookfield, Ohio 44403
330-448-6814
CORTLAND
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
330-637-8040
HUBBARD
890 West Liberty Street
Hubbard, Ohio 44425
330-534-2265
MANTUA
11661 State Route 44
Mantua, Ohio 44255
330-274-3111
NILES PARK PLAZA
815 Youngstown-Warren Road
Suite 1
Niles, Ohio 44446
330-652-8700
NORTH BLOOMFIELD
8837 State Route 45
North Bloomfield, Ohio 44450
440-685-4731
VIENNA
4434 Warren-Sharon Road
Vienna, Ohio 44473
330-394-1438
WARREN
2935 Elm Road
Warren, Ohio 44483
330-372-1520
WILLIAMSFIELD
5917 U.S. Route 322
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093
440-293-7502
WINDHAM
9690 East Center Street
Windham, Ohio 44288
330-326-2340
Member
Federal Reserve System
and
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Visit us at our home page on the world wide web at
www.cortland-banks.com
or e-mail us at cbinfo@cortland-banks.com
64  
 

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
     The following lists the subsidiaries of the registrant and the state of incorporation of each:
     
Name   Incorporated
1) The Cortland Savings and Banking Company
  Ohio
 
2) New Resources Leasing Company
  Ohio

 

 

EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-8 for the Cortland Savings and Banking 401(k) Plan and Form S-3 for the Cortland Bancorp Dividend Reinvestment Plan of our report dated February 3, 2006, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2005.
     
Youngstown, Ohio
March 14, 2006
  Packer Thomas

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Rodger W. Platt, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
    a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
    b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
    c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
    d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter(the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
    a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
    b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2006.
         
     
  /s/ Rodger W. Platt    
  Rodger W. Platt   
  Title:   Interim Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, James M. Gasior, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
    a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
    b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
    c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
    d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
    a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
    b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2006
         
     
  /s/ James M. Gasior    
  James M. Gasior,   
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

 

Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO TITLE 18, UNITED
STATES CODE, SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Rodger W. Platt, the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
  /s/ Rodger W. Platt          *    
  Print Name: Rodger W. Platt   
  Title:   Interim Chief Executive Officer   
  Date:   March 14, 2006   
 
     In connection with the Annual Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James M. Gasior, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
  /s/ James M. Gasior          *    
  Print Name:   James M. Gasior   
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  
  Date:   March 14, 2006  
 
*This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to and is being retained by Cortland Bancorp and will be forwarded to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.